California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 0 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
00X31-TX6-6400
2017 ILX OWNER'S MANUAL
OM-03095
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 1 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 23
For Safe Driving P. 24 Seat Belts P. 28 Airbags P. 35
2 Instrument Panel P. 63
Indicators P. 64 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 88
2 Controls P. 107
Clock P. 108 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 110
Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 132
Adjusting the Seats P. 148
2 Features P. 165
Audio System P. 166 Audio System Basic Operation P. 171, 193
Customized Features
*
P. 245 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
P. 266
2 Driving P. 331
Before Driving P. 332 Towing a Trailer P. 337
Multi-View Rear Camera P. 406 Refueling P. 407
2 Maintenance P. 411
Before Performing Maintenance P. 412 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 415
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 440
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 454
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 461
Tools P. 462 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 463
Overheating P. 489 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 491
2 Information P. 499
Specifications P. 500 Identification Numbers P. 502
Emissions Testing P. 505 Warranty Coverages P. 507
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 2 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Contents
Child Safety P. 48 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60 Safety Labels P. 61
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 122 Security System P. 126 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 129
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 133 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 146
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 156 Climate Control System P. 161
Audio Error Messages P. 235 General Information on the Audio System P. 241
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 269, 298
When Driving P. 338 Braking P. 389 Parking Your Vehicle P. 402
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 409
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 420 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 431
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442 Battery P. 451 Remote Transmitter Care P. 452
Cleaning P. 455 Accessories and Modifications P. 460
Engine Does Not Start P. 482 Jump Starting P. 485 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 488
Fuses P. 495 Emergency Towing P. 498
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 503 Reporting Safety Defects P. 504
Authorized Manuals P. 509 Client Service Information P. 510
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 23
Instrument Panel
P. 63
Controls
P. 107
Features
P. 165
Driving
P. 331
Maintenance
P. 411
Handling the Unexpected
P. 461
Information
P. 499
Index
P. 512
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 3 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙
Audio System
(P166)
❙
Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror Button
(P143)
❙
Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P143)
❙
(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button
(P382)
❙
Climate Control System
(P161)
❙
System Indicators
(P64)
❙
Gauges
(P88)
❙
Multi-Information Display
(P89)
❙
Hazard Warning Button
❙
ENGINE START/STOP Button
(P133)
❙
Navigation System
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Audio/Information Screen
*
(P172)
❙
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM*
(P194)
❙
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Button
*
(P396)
❙
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button
*
(P370)
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 4 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Wipers/Washers
(P140)
❙
Cruise Control Buttons
*
(P349)
❙
Remote Audio Control Buttons
(P170)
❙
Brightness Control
(P142)
❙
Headlights/Turn Signals
(P136)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P139)
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift down)
(P348)
❙
Paddle Shifter (Shift up)
(P348)
❙
Horn (Press an area around .)
❙
Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
*
() See the Navigation System Manual
❙
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Voice Control Buttons
(P269)
❙
SEL/RESET Button
(P92)
❙
(Information) Button
(P90)
❙
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
*
(P375)
❙
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons
*
(P354)
❙
Distance Button
*
(P362)
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 5 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Parking Brake
(P389)
❙
Power Window Switches
(P129)
❙
Driver's Front Airbag
(P38)
❙
Trunk Release
(P122)
❙
Hood Release Handle
(P421)
❙
Interior Fuse Box
(P496)
❙
Passenger's Front Airbag
(P38)
❙
USB Adapter Cable
*
(P167)
❙
Shift Lever
Dual Clutch Transmission
(P345)
❙
Glove Box
(P157)
❙
Accessory Power Socket
(P159)
❙
Rearview Mirror
(P146)
❙
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
(P167)
❙
Door Mirror Controls
(P147)
❙
Power Door Lock Master Switch
(P120)
❙
Memory Buttons
*
(P145)
❙
SET Button
*
(P145)
❙
Fuel Fill Door Release Handle
(P408)
❙
USB Port
*
(P168)
❙
HDMI® Port
*
(P168)
❙
Seat Heater Switches
*
(P160)
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 6 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Side Airbags
(P42)
❙
Ceiling Light
(P156)
❙
Side Curtain Airbags
(P44)
❙
Coat Hook
(P159)
❙
Grab Handle
❙
Moonroof Switch
(P132)
❙
Seat Belts
(P28)
❙
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)
(P55)
❙
Rear Seat
(P154)
❙
Front Seat
(P148)
❙
Sun Visors
❙
Vanity Mirrors
❙
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat
(P57)
❙
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat
(P53)
❙
Map Lights
(P156)
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 7 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙
Maintenance Under the Hood
(P420)
❙
Windshield Wipers
(P140, 440)
❙
Tires
(P442, 463, 475)
❙
Door Lock/Unlock Control
(P113)
❙
Power Door Mirrors
(P147)
❙
How to Refuel
(P408)
❙
High-Mount Brake Light
(P439)
❙
Emergency Trunk Release Lever
(P125)
❙
Opening/Closing the Trunk
(P122)
❙
Fog Lights
*
(P139, 431)
❙
Back-Up Lights
(P438)
❙
Multi-View Rear Camera
(P406)
❙
Trunk Release Button
(P123)
❙
Rear Side Marker Lights
(P436)
❙
Brake/Taillights
(P436)
❙
Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P436)
❙
Headlights
(P136, 431)
❙
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights
(P136, 433, 434)
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 8 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
9
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P23)
Airbags
(P35)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P48)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P60)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P27)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P28)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 9 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P63)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA®) System Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
System Indicators
System Message
Indicator
Gauges
(P88)
/Multi-Information Display
(P89)
/System Indicators
(P64)
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Keyless Access System
Indicator
Blind Spot Information
(BSI) Indicator
*
Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
*
Road Departure Mitigation
(RDM) Indicator
*
Fog Light Indicator
*
Temperature
Gauge
Security
System Alarm
Indicator
Fuel Gauge
Tachometer
Multi-Information Display
Speedometer
Shift Lever Position
Indicator
M (sequential mode)
Indicator/Gear
Position Indicator
System Indicators
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) Indicator
*
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) Indicator
*
Models without
full color display
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
*
Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
Low Fuel Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Door and Trunk
Open Indicator
*
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 10 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P107)
Clock
(P108)
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
You can also adjust the time manually.
a
Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2 Adjusting the Clock (P108)
b
Rotate to change hour, then press
.
c
Rotate to change minute, then
press .
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Models with two displays
a
Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the
displayed time begins flashing.
b
Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute)
to set the time. Press Preset
(6 (Reset)
to set the time to the nearest hour.
c
Press the CLOCK button again to set
the time.
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
(P133)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Models with one display
Turn Signals
(P136)
Lights
(P136)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 11 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Wipers and Washers
(P140)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Low Sensitivity
*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
: High Sensitivity
*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies
automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Steering Wheel
(P143)
● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P118)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it in one motion.
Trunk
(P122)
● To unlock and open the trunk:
• Pull the trunk release.
• Press the trunk release button on the
keyless access remote.
• Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid.
Power Door Mirrors
(P147)
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Trunk Release
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 12 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Power Windows
(P129)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger's window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), each
passenger's window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
Climate Control System
(P161)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for
complete details.
On models with navigation system
Driver's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard vents.
AUTO Button
(Recirculation) Button
Passenger's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
MODE Control Button
(ON/OFF) Button
SYNC (Synchronized) Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
/ (Fan Control) Buttons
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 13 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Features
(P165)
Audio Remote Controls
(P170)
● VOL (Volume) Button
Press / to adjust the volume up/
down.
● MODE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM1/
FM2/AM/CD/AUX.
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM®/CD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth® Audio/
Pandora®
*
/Aha
TM
/AUX HDMI®
● CH (Channel) Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
CH Button
MODE Button
VOL Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
Audio system
(P166)
For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
Models with one display
Audio/
Information Screen
Selector Knob
VOL / (Volume/Power) Knob
CD Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject)
Button
Preset Buttons
SETUP Button
PHONE Button DISPLAY Button
A.SEL (Auto
Select) Button
SKIP Bar
AUX Button
BACK Button
SCAN Button
FM Button
AM Button
FOLDER Bar
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 14 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
15
Quick Reference Guide
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Models with two displays
Audio/Information Screen
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
SETTINGS Button
BACK Button
MENU Button
AUDIO ButtonINFO Button
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
PHONE Button
(Tune Down) Icon
*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon
*1
Audio Source
*1
(Skip/Seek) Icon
*1
Presets
*1
(Tune Up) Icon
*1
More
*1
(Day/Night) Button
Shortcuts
*1
APP Button
Sound Icon
*1
Scan Icon
*1
TAG Icon
*1
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 15 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P331)
Release Button
Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of
(P.
Move the shift lever without pressing
the release button.
Press the release button to move the
shift lever.
Dual Clutch Transmission
(P345)
● Shift to
(P and depress the brake pedal when starting the
engine.
● Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
S Position
Sequential shift mode can be used.
Drive
Normal driving. D-paddle
shift mode can be used.
Paddle Shifters
(P348)
● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 8th). This is useful for engine braking.
● D-paddle shift mode: The
transmission will shift
back to automatic mode
once the system detects
that the vehicle is cruising.
● Sequential shift mode:
Holds the selected gear,
and the M indicator
comes on.
● The selected gear position
is shown in the instrument
panel.
Shift Lever
Shift Down
(-
Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter
M IndicatorShift
Lever
Position
Indicator
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
Selected
Gear
Number
M Indicator
Shift
Lever
Position
Indicator
Selected
Gear
Number
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 16 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
17
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® OFF Button
(P382)
● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control
*
(P349)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press DECEL/SET once you
have achieved the desired speed (above
25 mph or 40 km/h).
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
*
(P393)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P385)
● The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine.
Refueling
(P407)
a
Push the fuel fill door
release handle.
b
Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.
c
Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.
d
After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane
number 91 or higher recommended
Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 L)
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 17 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P411)
Under the Hood
(P420)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.
a
Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b
Locate the hood latch lever, slide the lever and lift the
hood.
c
When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights
(P431)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades
(P440)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires
(P442)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter driving.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 18 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Quick Reference Guide
19
Handling the Unexpected
(P461)
Flat Tire
(P463)
●
Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the temporary tire repair kit.
Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
trunk.
Indicators Come On
(P491)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.
Vehicles with tire repair kit
Vehicles with optional spare tire
Engine Won't Start
(P482)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P495)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P489)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P498)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 19 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
20
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
The power mode does not
change from ON to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why?
The shift lever should be moved to (P.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
LOCK position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the lever
to the UNLOCK position.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 20 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
21
Quick Reference Guide
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when:
●
Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
●
The parking brake lever is not fully released.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or higher on
this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or
higher is recommended.
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 21 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
22
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 22 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
23
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 24
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 26
Safety Checklist ................................. 27
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 28
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 31
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 34
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 35
Types of Airbags ................................ 38
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 38
Side Airbags ...................................... 42
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 44
Airbag System Indicators.................... 45
Airbag Care ....................................... 47
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 48
Safety of Infants and Small Children .......50
Safety of Larger Children ................... 58
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 60
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 61
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 23 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
24
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 24 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
25
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 25 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
26
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle's Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
11
Seat Belt Tensioners
6
7
7
8
8
9 9
10
10
11
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 26 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
27
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 151
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 48
1Safety Checklist
If the door and trunk open indicator is on, a door
and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all
doors and the trunk tightly until the indicator goes
off.
2 Door and Trunk Open Indicator P. 71
*
Models with
full color
display
Models without
full color
display
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 27 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
28
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The front passenger's and rear seat belts also have a lockable
retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 55
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean
forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow
the belt to extend fully without locking.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 28 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
29
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the power mode is set to ON before the
driver’s seat belt is fastened, a beeper will
sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver
does not fasten the belt before the beeper
stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while driving until the
driver’s and/or the front passenger’s seat belts
is fastened.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 48
Models with
full color
display
Models without
full color
display
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 29 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
30
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 30 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
31
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 31 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
32
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 32 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
33
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 33 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
34
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 34 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
35
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
8
8
8
8
78 910 8
11
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 35 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
36
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
c
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
d
An electronic control unit that, when the
vehicle is on, continually monitors
information about the various impact
sensors, seat and buckle sensors, airbag
activators, and seat belt tensioners.
e
Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
f
A driver's seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.
g
Weight sensors in the front passenger's
seat. The front passenger's airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).
h
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
i
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger's front
airbag has been turned off.
j
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
k
A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 36 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
37
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 37 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
38
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-
threshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 38 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
39
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 39 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
40
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 40 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
41
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.
The passenger's advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.
Although we recommend against carrying an
infant or small child in front, if the sensors
detect the weight of a child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically
turn off the passenger's front airbag.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver's seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver's seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
•
Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
•
Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
•
Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
•
All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
•
Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 46
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 456
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 41 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
42
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 42 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
43
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards
the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts
absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have
been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 43 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
44
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and any passengers
during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this
vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete
ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover
crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a moderate-to-severe side impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if
there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 44 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
45
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.
■ When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or
does not come on at all, have the system
checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you
don't, your airbags and seat belt tensioners
may not work properly when they are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
Models with
full color
display
Models without
full color
display
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 45 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
46
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 48
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
■
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors. Such as:
•
An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
•
A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
•
A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger's seat.
•
The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
•
An object placed under the front passenger's seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S. Canada
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 46 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
47
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Service at 1-800-382-2238 and for
Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Service at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 47 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
48
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 48 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
49
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 61
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 49 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
50
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if
the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 35
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 50 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
51
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 51 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
52
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 52 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
53
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 53 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
54
Safe Driving
3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child's safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat
that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 54 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
55
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 55 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
56
Safe Driving
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 56 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
57
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position.
If you have a child restraint system that comes
with a tether but can be installed with a seat
belt, the tether may be used for additional
security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.
Tether Anchorage Points
CoverAnchor
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Outer Position
Center Position
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 57 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
58
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 58 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child's safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer's recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 59 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
60
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 60 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
61
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
U.S. models Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Sun Visor
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 61 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
62
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 62 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
63
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 64
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages...................... 81
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
Gauges.............................................. 88
Multi-Information Display .................. 89
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 63 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
64
Instrument Panel
Indicators
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator
(Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off if the
parking brake has been
released.
●
Comes on when the parking
brake is applied, and goes off
when it is released.
●
Comes on when the brake
fluid level is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not
fully released.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check
the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 493
●
Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator
(Red) Comes On P. 493
U.S.
Canada
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 64 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
65
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Brake System
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to
braking other than the
conventional brake system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Stays on constantly - Avoid high
speeds and sudden braking. Take the
vehicle to a dealer immediately.
●
With this indicator on, your vehicle still
has normal braking ability.
—
Low Oil
Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes
off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving -
Immediately stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 491
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 65 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
66
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
*2:Models with full color display
*3:Models without full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Shift Lever
Position
Indicator
●
Indicates the current gear
selection.
2 Shifting P. 345
— —
Transmission
Indicator
●
Blinks if the transmission
system has a problem.
●
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
M (sequential
mode)
Indicator/
Gear Position
Indicator
●
Comes on when the manual
sequential mode is applied.
2 Sequential Shift Mode Operation
P. 348
— —
*2
*3
*2
*3
*2
*3
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 66 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
67
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Malfunction
Indicator
Lamp
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes
off either when the engine
starts or after several seconds
if the engine did not start. If
“readiness codes” have not
been set, it blinks five times
before it goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control
system.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine's cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on
board diagnostics for the emissions
control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 505
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes
or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 492
Charging
System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes
off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the battery is
not charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off
the climate control system and rear
defogger in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 491
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 67 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
68
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper
sounds if you are not wearing
a seat belt when you set the
power mode to ON.
●
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the
indicator comes on a few
seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either
you or the front passenger has
not fastened a seat belt. The
beeper sounds and the
indicator blinks at regular
intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator
goes off when you and the front
passenger fasten their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat
belt - A detection error may have
occurred in the sensor. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 29
Low Fuel
Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel
reserve is running low
(approximately 1.9 U.S. gal./
7.5 Liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem
with the fuel gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 68 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
69
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Anti-lock
Brake System
(ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other
time, there is a problem with
the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. With this
indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability but no anti-lock
function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
P. 391
Supplemental
Restraint
System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with
any of the following is
detected:
- Supplemental restraint
system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 69 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
70
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes
off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator Comes On
P. 493
Vehicle
Stability Assist
(VSA®)
System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA® system or hill
start assist system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®),
aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System P. 381
Vehicle
Stability Assist
(VSA®) OFF
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you
deactivate VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 382
— —
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 70 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
71
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
*2:Models without full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Door and
Trunk Open
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds if
you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if any door or the
trunk is not completely closed.
●
Comes on if any door is
opened while driving. The
beeper sounds.
●
Goes off when all doors and the trunk
are closed.
—
Low Tire
Pressure/
TPMS
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON.
●
Comes on if the tire pressure
of any of the tires becomes
significantly low.
●
Blinks for about one minute,
and then stays on if there is a
problem with the TPMS, or
when a compact spare tire is
temporarily installed.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a
safe place, check tire pressures, and
inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the
vehicle is fitted with a compact spare,
get your regular tire repaired or
replaced and put back on your vehicle
as soon as you can.
*2
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 71 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
72
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
System
Message
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on along with a beep
when a problem is detected. A
system message on the multi-
information display appears at
the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, press the
(information) button to see
the message again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in
this chapter when a system message
appears on the multi-information
display. Take the appropriate action for
the message.
●
The multi-information display does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the
button is pressed.
— —
Turn Signal
Indicators
●
Blink when you operate the
turn signal lever.
●
Blink along with all turn
signals if you press the hazard
warning button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A
turn signal light bulb has blown.
Change the bulb immediately.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 433, 436
— —
High-Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high
beam headlights are on.
— — —
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 72 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
73
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on whenever the light
switch is on, or in AUTO when
the exterior lights are on.
●
If you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the exterior lights are on, a chime
sounds when the driver's door is
opened.
— —
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights
are on.
— — —
Immobilizer
System
Indicator
●
Comes on briefly when you
set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if the immobilizer
system cannot recognize the
key information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the engine.
Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK), then select the ON mode
again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may
be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems can occur.
— —
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 73 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
74
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Security
System Alarm
Indicator
●
Blinks when the Security
System Alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 126
— —
Keyless
Access
System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode
to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on as soon as a
problem is detected in the
keyless access system or
keyless starting system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
CRUISE
MAIN
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 349
— —
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you have set
a speed for cruise control.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 349
— —
Indicator
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 74 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
75
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
Models with RDM
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 75 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
76
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator (Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents the
sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
●
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
●
ACC has been automatically
canceled.
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the
indicator does not go off even after you
clean the sensor cover.
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator (Green)
●
Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 354
—
●
Comes on if the temperature inside
the camera is too high.
●
ACC has been automatically
canceled.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled
down. Pressing the MAIN button can
resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 354
Models with ACC
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 76 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 373
—
●
Comes on if the temperature inside
the camera is too high.
●
The LKAS has been automatically
canceled.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in
operation, or the LKAS button is
pressed, but the temperature inside
the front sensor camera is too high.
The LKAS cancels automatically. The
beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled
down. Pressing the LKAS button can
resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 373
●
Comes on when the area around the
camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
Models with LKAS
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 77 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*1
Blind Spot
Information
(BSI)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you change the power
mode to ON, then goes off.
●
Stays on while BSI is turned
off.
— —
●
Comes on when mud, snow,
or ice accumulates in the
vicinity of sensor.
●
Comes on while driving - Remove
the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind Spot Information (BSI)
System
*
P. 383
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 78 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate the
CMBS
TM
. A multi-information display
message appears for five seconds.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the
CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 393
Models with CMBS
TM
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 79 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
80
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt
using a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 393
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The
system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
Models with CMBS
TM
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 80 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
81
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the (information) button to see the message again
with the system message indicator on.
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Message
*1
Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not
installed.
2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 492
—
●
Appears when the washer fluid is low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 430
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is
due soon.
●
Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW/
Maintenance Due Now and SERVICE PAST
DUE/Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the
Multi-Information Display P. 417
Canadian models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 81 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
82
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Message
*1
Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the engine coolant temperature
gets abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 489
●
Appears when there is a problem with the
sensor on the battery.
●
Appears when the battery is not charging.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the Battery P. 451
●
Appears along with the battery charging
system indicator - Turn off the climate
control system and rear defogger to reduce
electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On P. 491
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 82 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
83
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Message
*1
Condition Explanation
—
●
Appears when the starter system has a
problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the
ENGINE START/STOP button for 15 seconds
while pressing the brake pedal and manually
start the engine.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears if the keyless access remote’s battery
is too weak to start the engine or the key is not
within operating range to start the engine.
A beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the keyless remote in front of the
ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched
with.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 483
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when
the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice
with your foot off the brake pedal to change
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
●
Appears when the power mode is in
ACCESSORY.
—
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 83 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
84
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Message
*1
Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you close the door with the
power mode in ON without the keyless access
remote inside the vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the keyless access
remote back inside the vehicle and close the
door.
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 135
●
Appears when the keyless access remote
battery becomes weak.
●
Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452
●
Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s
door.
2 Starting the Engine P. 338
●
Appears three seconds after the TO START
ENGINE message appears.
2 Starting the Engine P. 338
●
Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP
button to turn the engine off without the shift
lever in
(P.
●
Move the shift lever to (P. The power mode
changes to VEHICLE OFF.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 84 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
85
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:On the left: Models without full color display
On the right: Models with full color display
Message
*1
Condition Explanation
—
●
Appears when you unlock and open the
driver’s door while the engine is running by
two-way keyless access remote
*
.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 340
●
Appears when the transmission system
temperature is too high. The vehicle no longer
moves.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place in (P.
●
Let the engine idle until the message
disappears.
—
●
Appears if any door or the trunk is not
completely closed.
●
Appears if any door is opened while driving.
The beeper sounds.
●
Goes off when all doors and the trunk are
closed.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the
headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The low beam
headlights may not be on. When conditions
allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 85 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
86
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you.
●
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 393
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 354
●
Appears when ACC has been automatically canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC to cancel improves. Press the RES/ACCEL
button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 354
Models with ACC
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 86 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
87
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
line. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
Alerts you with a beep that the vehicle is drifting out of
a detected lane.
●
Alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel
that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
●
The color of either line changes from white to amber as
the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system
related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically.
The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
Models with LKAS
RDM selected Warning only
RDM selected Normal or Wide
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 87 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
88
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Temperature Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the needle approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 489
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 88 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
89
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings
and other helpful information.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 89 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
90
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■ Main displays
Press the (information) button to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
Models with full color display
ᵑᵐ
ᵑᵑ
ᵑᵐ
ᵑᵑ
(information)
Button
Engine Oil LifeVehicle Settings
Elapsed TimeBlank Screen
Average Speed
RangeInstant Fuel Economy/
Average Fuel Economy
Compass
*
Tire Pressure for
Each Tire
Turn-by-Turn
Directions
*
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 90 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
91
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Models without full color display
Engine Oil LifeVehicle Settings
Elapsed TimeBlank Screen
Average Speed
RangeInstant Fuel Economy/
Average Fuel Economy
Tire Pressure for
Each Tire
(information)
Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 91 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
92
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■ Lower displays
Press the SEL/RESET button to change the display.
Models with full color display
Odometer Trip A Trip B
Outside temperature
SEL/RESET Button
SEL/RESET
Button
SEL/RESET
Button
SEL/RESET Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 92 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
93
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Models without full color display
Odometer Trip A Trip B
Outside temperature
SEL/RESET Button
SEL/RESET Button
SEL/RESET
Button
SEL/RESET
Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 93 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
94
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F (U.S.) or ± 3°C (Canada) if the
temperature reading seems incorrect.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or
l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset,
the average fuel economy is also reset.
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
■
Outside Temperature
■
Average Fuel Economy
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the SEL/RESET button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information display’s customized
features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 94 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
95
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.
Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B
was reset.
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
*
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
*
The multi-information display shows a compass when
the route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 95 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
96
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitor P. 386
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 415
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
■
Engine Oil Life
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 96 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
97
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET
button.
■
Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, roll the right selector
wheel.
2 List of customizable options P. 100
2 Example of customization settings P. 105
Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The
customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.
Shift to
(P before you attempt to change any
customized setting.
Customizing is also available from the audio/
information screen.
You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the
multi-information display while the audio/
information screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
Models with driving position memory system
Models with On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.
Models without
full color display
Models with full
color display
SEL/RESET Button:
Enters the selected item
Button:
Changes the customize
menus and items
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 97 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
98
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■ Customization flow
Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET button.
Vehicle Settings
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Driver Assist System Setup
Meter Setup
Driving Position Setup
*
Keyless Access Setup
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Turn by Turn Display
*
Forward Collision Warning Distance
*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
*
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
*
Blind Spot Info
*
Keyless Access Beep
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
*
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
Remote Start System On/Off
*
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 98 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
99
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Exit
Door Setup
Maintenance Info.
Default All
Lighting Setup
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Maintenance Reset
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
SEL/RESET
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 99 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
100
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driver Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
*
Changes at which distance CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the system detects a
vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multi-
information display.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
*
Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation
system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/Warning
Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
*
Changes the setting for the blind spot information.
Audible And Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/Off
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 100 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
101
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed
time A.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed
time B.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
Turn by Turn Display
*
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 101 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
102
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driving
Position
Setup
*
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock
the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System On/
Off
*
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 102 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
103
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec
*1
/15sec
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec
*1
/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed
*1
/Shift
From P/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted To Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door
*1
/ All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 103 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
104
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you
have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/Reset
Default All —
Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.
Cancel/Set
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 104 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
105
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
■ Example of customization settings
The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are
shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Press and release the button to
select Vehicle Settings, then press the
SEL/RESET button.
2. Press and release the button until
Meter Setup appears on the display.
3. Press the SEL/RESET button.
u Language Selection appears first on
the display.
*1: Models with full color display
*2: Models without full color display
*1 *2
*1 *2
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 105 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
106
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
4. Press and release the button until
“Trip A” Reset Timing appears on the
display, then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Refueled, IGN Off,
Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Press and release the button select
When Refueled, then press the SEL/
RESET button.
u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
6. Press and release the button until
Exit appears on the display, press the SEL/
RESET button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
*1: Models with full color display
*2: Models without full color display
*1 *2
*1 *2
*1 *2
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 106 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
107
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 108
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 110
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength......................................... 112
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 113
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 118
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 120
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 121
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 122
Security System ................................ 126
Immobilizer System .......................... 126
Security System Alarm...................... 126
Opening and Closing the Windows .... 129
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
....... 132
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 133
Turn Signals..................................... 136
Light Switches.................................. 136
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 139
Daytime Running Lights ................... 139
Wipers and Washers ........................ 140
Brightness Control ........................... 142
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...143
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 143
Driving Position Memory System
*
.... 144
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 146
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 146
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 147
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 148
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 148
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 156
Interior Lights .................................. 156
Interior Convenience Items .............. 157
Climate Control System ................... 161
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 161
Synchronized Mode ......................... 163
Automatic Climate Control Sensors......164
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 107 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
108
Controls
Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display, with the power mode in ON.
Adjusting the Clock
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Adjust Clock on the
screen.
3. Press . Adjust Clock appears.
4. Rotate to select the item you want to
adjust (12/24 hour mode, hour, minute).
Then press .
5. Rotate to make the adjustment.
6. Press to enter your selection. The display
returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps 4 to
6 to adjust other items.
7. To enter the selection, rotate and select
Set, then press .
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
1Adjusting the Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Models with one display
SETUP Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 108 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
109
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,
then Clock Adjustment.
3. Rotate to change hour, then press .
4. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
1Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated when your
smartphone is connected to the audio system with
Sync Clock w/ Smartphone setting.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
Models with two displays
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 109 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
110
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
■ Keyless access remote
Use the keyless access remote to start and
stop the engine, to lock and unlock the doors
and to open the trunk.
■
Keys
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 126
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the keyless access system may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way
keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 340
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Models without two-way keyless
access remote
Models with two-way keyless access
remote
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 110 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
111
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
Continued
Controls
The built-in key can be used to lock or unlock
the doors when the keyless access remote
battery becomes weak and the power door
lock/unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
keyless access remote until it clicks.
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Models without two-way keyless
access remote
Models with two-way keyless access
remote
Release Knob
Built-in Key
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 111 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
112
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote
and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 112 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
113
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the keyless access remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and open the
trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors and trunk
within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of
the outside door handle or trunk release
button.
■ Locking the doors and the trunk
Press the door lock button on the front door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors lock; and the
security system sets.
■
Using the Keyless Access System
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
the doors.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 156
Door Lock Button
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 113 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
114
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and the trunk
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u All the doors unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the trunk release button:
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
u The beeper will sound.
2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 123
Trunk Release Button
1Using the Keyless Access System
•
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while
someone else with the remote is within range.
•
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless access remote is within range.
•
If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
•
After locking the door, wait at least two seconds
before unlocking it by gripping the handle.
•
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the
keyless access remote if it is above or below the
outside handle.
•
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is
too close to the door and door glass.
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
can be customized using the audio/information
screen or multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 114 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
115
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors unlock.
*1: Checking Door Lock Status
*
P. 117
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
LED
*1
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 115 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
116
Controls
If the keyless access remote battery or the vehicle battery is dead, use the key instead
of the keyless access remote.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 452
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■ Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the
other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors.
If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes
off when you open the hood or move the shift lever
out of
(P before the power mode is set to ON.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
Lock
Unlock
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand when you
lock the driver’s door, any of the other doors,
otherwise you may end up locking the key inside the
vehicle.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 116 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
117
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless access remote from extended
distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds
one of the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
■
Checking Door Lock Status
*
1Checking Door Lock Status
*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range of
unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as
the standard keyless access remote.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
When checking the door lock status, you can also
start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 340
Red
Green
Amber
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 117 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
118
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 118 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
119
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the multi-information display or audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The inner front door handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 120
Inner Handle
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 119 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
120
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all the doors.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/
unlock at the same time.
To Unlock
To Lock
Master Door Lock Switch
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Unlock
Lock
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 120 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
121
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a
certain condition is met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen or multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 121 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
122
Controls
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60
Using the Trunk Opener
Pulling the trunk release to the lower left of
the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk.
Trunk Release
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 122 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
123
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button
Controls
■ Locking the trunk opener
You can lock the trunk release with the built-
in key.
Using the Trunk Release Button
Push up the release button on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the keyless access remote.
u The beeper will sound.
1Using the Trunk Release Button
•
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can unlock the trunk while someone
else with the remote is within range.
•
Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the
trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the
trunk cannot be closed.
Trunk Release Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 123 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
124
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter
Controls
Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
Trunk Main Switch
The trunk main switch disables the trunk
release button on the remote transmitter and
the trunk release button on the trunk lid to
protect luggage in the trunk.
1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded
down.
2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove
box.
3. Lock the glove box.
4. Lock the trunk release.
2 Using the Trunk Opener P. 122
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the driver’s door is locked, the trunk will
automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you
will have to lock it manually.
Trunk
Release
Button
Trunk
Release
Button
1Trunk Main Switch
If you need to give the key to someone else, remove
the built-in key from the keyless access remote by
sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a
valet key.
ON
OFF
Main Switch
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 124 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
125
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener
Controls
Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Slide the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.
1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.
Lever
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 125 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
126
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system with the keyless
access remote.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic device, such as televisions and
audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm goes off if a door is opened with the key and then the shift lever
is moved out of
(P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access remote. The
system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can
result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 126 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
127
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood and trunk are closed.
• All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless
access system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, or you grab either front door handle while carrying the keyless access
remote, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system indicator goes off at
the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the
emergency trunk opener.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release.
•
Moving the shift lever out of (P.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter,
or keyless access system.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 127 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
128
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ The PANIC button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
Panic
Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 128 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
129
Continued
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors.
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows. The
power window lock button on the driver's side must be switched off (not pushed in,
indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s
seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on when
children are in the vehicle.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 129 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
130
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows and moonroof stop midway,
repeat the procedure.
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close
Open
■
Opening Windows and Moonroof with the Remote
Unlock
Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 130 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
131
uuOpening and Closing the Windows uOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/
moonroof at the desired position. If you want
further adjustment, repeat the same
operation.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows/Moonroof with the Key
Close
Open
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 131 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
132
Controls
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
push the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
■
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Close
Open
Tilt
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 132 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
133
Continued
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
■
Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the keyless access
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the keyless access remote
is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper
sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start
Button message appears on the multi-information
display.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 483
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The power to all electrical
components is turned off.
Press the button without the shift
lever in
(P.
Shift to
(P then press the button.
Press the button.
Without pressing
the brake pedal
ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Indicator in the button blinks
(from ON to ACCESSORY).
Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be
used.
Indicator
Shift to (P.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 133 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
134
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power
mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
■
Power Mode Reminder
■
Automatic Power Off
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 134 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
135
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If
the buzzer continues even after the remote is
put back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the multi-information display notifies the
driver inside that the remote is out.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the
system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is
closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the
dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the
warning buzzer to go off. Under some other
conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating
the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even
if the remote is within the system’s operational
range.
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 135 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
136
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
Right Turn
Left Turn
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will
sound when you open the driver’s door.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 73
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 136 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
137
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
■
Automatic Lighting Control
1Automatic Lighting Control
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 137 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
138
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver's door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the
switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
■
Headlight Integration with Wiper
*
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Automatic Lighting Control
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
Setting
The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
MAX
HIGH
MID
LOW
MIN
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
*
This feature activates during the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
When the ambient light is at dark, the automatic
lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights
come on with or without the wipers sweeping more
than several times.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 138 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
139
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is off, or in .
• The parking brake is released.
The daytime running lights are off when the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
1Fog Lights
*
The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or
when the daytime running lights are on.
2 Fog Light Indicator
*
P. 73
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 139 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
140
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*
, LO, HI)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ AUTO
*
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
P. 141
■ Adjusting wiper operation
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper
operation.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
MIST
INT
*
: Low speed with
intermittent
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
AUTO
*
: Automatic
intermittent operation
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 140 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
141
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When in AUTO, you can also adjust the
rainfall sensor sensitivity using the adjustment
ring.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Wipers and Washers
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situation in order to prevent severe damage
to the wiper system:
•
Cleaning the windshield
•
Driving through a car wash
Rainfall Sensor
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity: Wipers will
operate when more rainfall is
detected.
High sensitivity: Wipers will
operate when less rainfall is
detected.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 141 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
142
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the brightness control knob to adjust
instrument panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after you have adjusted the
brightness, you will be returned to the
previous display.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the multi-
information display while you are adjusting it.
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
When it is bright outside and the headlight
integration with the wiper is activated, the
instrument panel brightness does not change.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
parking lights are on.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
Control Knob
Models with full color display
Models without full color display
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 142 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
143
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long time while the
engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making
it difficult to start the engine.
When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C),
the heated door mirror may activate automatically for
10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 143 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
144
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
*
You can store two driver’s seat positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless
access system, the seat adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions.
When you enter the vehicle, the multi-information display briefly shows you which
remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
1Driving Position Memory System
*
Using the audio/information screen or multi-
information display, you can disable the automatic
seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 144 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
145
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press memory button
(1 or (2 within five
seconds of pressing the SET button.
u Once the seat positions have been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.
1. Move the shift lever to
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).
u You will hear the beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat will automatically move to the
memorized positions. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beep, and the
indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•
You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•
You readjust the seat position before the double-
beep.
•
You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
SET Button
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
•
Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2.
•
Adjust the seat position.
•
Shift into a position other than (P.
Memory Buttons
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 145 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
146
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
the glare from headlights behind you, based
in inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature
is always active.
■
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 148
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night Position
Up
Down
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift
position is in
(R.
Sensor
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 146 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
147
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
The driver side door mirror has outer and inner
segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
■
Expanded View Driver's Mirror
1Expanded View Driver's Mirror
Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side
door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of
the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they
appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.
Inner Segment
Outer Segment
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 147 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
148
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■ Adjusting the front power seat(s)
*
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
Horizontal
Position
Adjustment
Height
Adjustment
(Driver’s
seat only)
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 148 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
149
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
■ Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
*
1Adjusting the front manual seat(s)
*
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 149 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
150
Controls
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 150 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
151
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Continued
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
■
Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 151 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
152
Controls
A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 152 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
153
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Sitting Proper Position
Controls
Maintain a Sitting Proper Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Sitting Proper Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 153 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
154
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seat
Controls
Rear Seat
1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the
guide.
2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release
the lock.
3. Fold the seat-back down.
If the rear head restraints get caught on the
front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.
2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head
Restraints P. 152
■
Folding Down the Rear Seat
1Folding Down the Rear Seat
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
When returning a seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 46
Also make sure all items in the trunk or items
extending through the opening into the rear
seat is properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.
Guide
Center
Shoulder Belt
Release Lever
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 154 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
155
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 155 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
156
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver's door.
• The lights also come on when the power
mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
•
When you unlock the driver's door but do not open
it.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver's door.
•
When you set the power mode to ON.
If you leave any of the doors open, the interior lights
go off after about 15 minutes.
Door Activated Position
Off
Front
On
Off
Rear
On
Door Activated Position
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the front interior light switch is in the door
activated position and any door is open, the map
light will not go off when you press the button.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 156 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
157
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
Press the button to open the console
compartment.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
To Lock
■
Console Compartment
Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 157 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
158
Controls
■ Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
■ Front door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of front door side
pockets.
■ Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 158 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
159
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.
■
Accessory Power Socket
1Accessory Power Socket
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element: The power socket can overheat.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).
To prevent battery drain, use the power socket only
when the engine is running.
■
Coat Hook
1Coat Hook
The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 159 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
160
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
u The appropriate indicator will be on
while the seat heater is on. Briefly press
the switch on the opposite side to turn
the heater off. The indicator will be off.
■
Seat Heaters
*
1Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 160 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
161
Continued
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control
dial.
3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
Floor and
defroster
vents
Floor vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Dashboard
vents
(ON/OFF) Button
(Recirculation) Button
AUTO Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
SYNC (Synchronized)
Button
/ (Fan Control)
Buttons
Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Dial
Passenger's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 161 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
162
Controls
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 162 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
163
uuClimate Control SystemuSynchronized Mode
Controls
Synchronized Mode
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger
side in synchronized mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system will switch to synchronized mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.
1Synchronized Mode
When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronized mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side
temperature and the passenger side temperature can
be set separately.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 163 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
164
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 164 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
165
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System .................................... 166
USB Adapter Cable
*
........................ 167
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
........................ 167
USB Port
*
........................................ 168
HDMI® Port
*
.................................... 168
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 169
Audio Remote Controls.................... 170
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 171
Audio/Information Screen ................ 172
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 178
Playing a CD .................................... 180
Playing an iPod ................................ 183
Models with one display
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 186
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 188
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 191
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 193
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
...... 194
Audio/Information Screen ................ 200
Display Setup ................................... 205
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 206
Playing SiriusXM® Radio................... 211
Playing a CD .................................... 218
Playing an iPod ................................ 221
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 225
Models with two displays
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 228
Playing Bluetoo th® Audio ................ 231
Smartphone Navi Apps .................... 233
Siri Eyes Free.................................... 234
Audio Error Messages ...................... 235
General Information on the Audio System
.. 241
Customized Features
*
..........................245
HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver
*
......266
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 269
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 298
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 165 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
166
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio service
*
. It can also
play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, and USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and
Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the
icons on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, or the remote controls on the steering
wheel.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available on a subscription basis
only.
For more information on SiriusXM® Radio
*
, contact a
dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 241
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Control
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 166 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
167
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack
*
Features
Auxiliary Input Jack
*
Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
USB Adapter Cable
*
1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the
adapter cable.
2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB connector.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
*
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by
pressing the AUX button.
1USB Adapter Cable
*
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•
We recommend your data backed up before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 167 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
168
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port
*
Features
USB Port
*
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.
HDMI® Port
*
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the HDMI® cable to the HDMI® port.
1USB Port
*
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk
drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
•
We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
1HDMI® Port
*
•
Do not leave the HDMI® connected device in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 168 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
169
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON, and turn on the audio system.
2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
*1: Models with one display
*2: Models with two displays
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 169 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
170
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
MODE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1 FM2 AM CD AUX
FM AM SiriusXM® CD USB/iPod
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®
*
Aha
TM
AUX HDMI®
VOL (Volume) Button
Press : To Increase the volume.
Press : To decrease the volume.
CH (Channel) Button
• When listening to the radio
Press
(+: To select the next preset radio station.
Press (-: To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold (+: To select the next strong station.
Press and hold
(-: To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press (+: To skip to the next song.
Press
(-: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a CD, USB flash drive
Press and hold (+: To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold
(-: To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora®
*
Press (+: To skip to the next song.
Press and hold
(+: To select the next station.
Press and hold (-: To select the previous station.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be operated.
VOL Button MODE Button
CH Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 170 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
171
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the selector knob or SETUP button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
SETUP button: Press to select any mode such
as the RDS Information, Sound Settings,
Play Mode, Resume/Pause, or Adjust
Clock.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the audio/ information screen brightness. The
brightness can be set differently for the day
time and night time.
Pressing the button switches the modes
between daytime and night time.
Adjust the brightness using .
Models with one display
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Press the MODE,
(+, (-, or button on the
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170
Setup Menu Items
2 RDS Information P. 179
2 Sound Settings P. 177
2 Play Mode P. 182, 185, 190
2 Resume/Pause P. 192
2 Adjust Clock P. 108
BACK Button SETUP Button
Selector Knob
(Day/Night) Button
Menu Display
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 171 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
172
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays audio status and wallpaper, and allows you to go to various setup options.
Press DISPLAY button. Rotate and select the mode from the three display
modes.
Press .
■
Switching the Display
Selector Knob
DISPLAY
Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 172 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
173
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Shows the current audio information.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 171
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 175
Minimizes the display by only showing the clock and audio status on the display.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate and select the setup option you
want to change. Press .
■
Audio Display
■
Wallpaper
■
Minimum Display
■
Setting Options
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 173 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
174
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
1. Rotate to select Language Selection,
then press .
2. Rotate to select the language, then
press .
■
Language Selection
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 174 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
175
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup
Continued
Features
Wallpaper Setup
You can change, store and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter
cable.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 167
2. Press the SETUP button.
3. Rotate to select Display Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Import, then press .
6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press .
u The preview of the imported data is
displayed.
7. Press to save the data.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the import
wallpaper list.
8. Rotate to select the place to save the
data, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
■
Import Wallpaper
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
Each image file can be up to 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
Up to 255 files can be selected.
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, No
compatible images were found. See Owner's
Manual. will appear.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 175 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
176
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWallpaper Setup
Features
1. Rotate to select Select on the wallpaper setup menu, then press .
u The screen will change to the wallpaper list.
2. Rotate to select desired wallpaper and press .
u When the scroll is stopped, the thumbnail is displayed.
1. Rotate to select Delete on the wallpaper setup menu, then press .
u The screen will change to the delete wallpaper list.
2. Rotate to select wallpaper that you want to delete and press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
■
Select Wallpaper
■
Delete wallpaper
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 176 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
177
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the SETUP button, and rotate to
select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
Selector Knob
SETUP Button
Treble is selectable.
Speed-sensitive Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
BAS
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 177 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
178
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
SCAN Button
Press to sample each of the strongest stations
on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, press the button again.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
A.SEL (Auto Select) Button
Press to scan both bands and store the
strongest station in each preset. To turn
off auto select, press the button again. This
restores the presets you originally set.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio frequency.
FM Button
Press to select a band.
AM Button
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
SKIP Bar
Press to search up and down the selected
band for a station with a strong signal.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it until
you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a band,
then press the preset button.
FOLDER Bar
Press either side to display and select an
RDS category.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 178 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
179
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ RDS Information
1. Press the SETUP button and rotate to
select RDS Information.
2. Each time you press , the RDS
Information switches between on and off.
■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category
1. Press the FOLDER bar to display and select
an RDS category.
2. Use SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS station.
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
RDS Category
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store 6 stations each.
Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM
stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into
the preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can manually store your preferred frequencies.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 179 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
180
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA or
AAC format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second sampling of each song.
●
Press to sample all tracks on the CD (all files in
the current folder in MP3, WMA or AAC).
●
Press and hold to sample the first file in each of
the main folders (MP3, WMA or AAC).
●
To turn off scan, press the button.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.
SKIP Bar
Press or to change tracks (files in
MP3, WMA or AAC).
Press and hold to move rapidly within a
track/file
Selector Knob
Turn to change tracks/files. Turn to select
an item, then press to set your selection.
CD Button
Press to play a CD.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
FOLDER Bar
Press
(+ to skip to the next folder, and (-
to skip to the beginning of the previous
folder in MP3, WMA or AAC.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 180 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
181
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•
When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•
When you change the audio mode to CD.
•
When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
Track Selection
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 181 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
182
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Press the BACK button to go back to the previous
display, and press the SETUP button to cancel this
setting mode.
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s).
Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all
files in the current folder.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order.
Play Mode
Items
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 182 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
183
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the
AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 167
AUX Button
Press to select iPod (if connected).
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs. Turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
SKIP Bar
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a
song.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 183 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
184
Features
1. Press to display the iPod menu.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
■
How to Select a File from the iPod Menu
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 236
iPod Menu
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 184 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
185
uuAudio System Basic Operationu
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode.
Shuffle: Plays all available files in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Play Mode
Items
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 185 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
186
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Activate Pandora®, and connect the iPhone using your USB connector to the USB
adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 167
U.S. models
iPhone use only
AUX Button
Press to select iPhone (if connected when
the Pandora® application is activated).
Rating Icon
Selector Knob
Press to enter PANDORA MENU.
Press and turn to select an item, then press to set
your selection.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
SKIP Bar
Press to skip a song.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
FOLDER Bar
Press
(+ to the next station. Press (- to the
previous station.
Album Art
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 186 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
187
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
• Station List (QuickMix is also available)
• Like
• Dislike
• Resume/Pause
• SKIP
• Bookmark This Song
• Bookmark This Artist
■ Operating a menu item
1. Press to display the PANDORA MENU.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu.
■
Pandora® Menu
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your iPhone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 238
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 187 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
188
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 167
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
SKIP Bar
Press or to change files.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a
file.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Press and turn to select a file, then press
to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
FOLDER Bar
Press
(+ to skip to the next folder, and (-
to skip to the beginning of the previous
folder.
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second sampling of each file.
●
Press to sample all files in the current folder.
●
Press and hold to sample the first file in each
of the main folders.
●
To turn off scan, press the button.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 188 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
189
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 241
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 236
Folder Selection
Track Selection
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 189 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
190
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current
folder.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Play Mode
Items
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 190 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
191
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and linked to the vehicle's
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 276
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to operate devices
that use data while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu
items.
SKIP Bar
Press or to
change files.
AUX Button
Press to Bluetooth®
Audio.
VOL/
(Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files.
Turn to select an item, then press to
set your selection.
Press to display the device’s name.
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to
HFL.
Preset 1 Button
Press to switch the mode
between pause and
resume.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 191 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
192
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
linked to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may be already linked.
■ To pause or resume a file
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Resume/Pause, then press .
Each time you press , the setting switches between Pause and Resume.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 192 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
193
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or MENU button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection. Move right, left, up or down to
select a secondary menu.
MENU button: Press to select any mode. The
available mode includes Sound, Change
Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset,
Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes.
Play modes can be also selected from Scan,
Random/Repeat, and so on.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the audio/information screen brightness.
Press once and make an adjustment
using the interface dial.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
Models with two displays
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select a secondary menu.
Audio Menu Items
2 Sound P. 204
2 Refresh Station List P. 208
2 Save Preset P. 207, 213
2 Radio Text P. 209
2 Music Search P. 219, 223, 229
2 Scan P. 220, 230
2 Random/Repeat P. 220, 224, 230
2 Tag Song
*
P. 209
2 Tagged Song List
*
P. 210
2 HD Subchannel
*
P. 210
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
audio system settings and preset memory are turned
to the respective mode automatically when you set
the power mode to ON.
MENU ButtonBACK Button
(Day/Night) Button
Interface Dial
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 193 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
194
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to operate the audio system.
Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio
source.
Select More to display the menu items.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
1On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / / / icons to turn the page.
X
1Selecting an Audio Source
You can change the order of source icons displayed.
1. Select Audio Source, , then Edit Order.
2. Select two icons, then select Done.
The locations of these icons are switched.
To go back to the original display order, select
Default.
■
Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Source.
Source List Icons
Select More.
Menu Items
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 194 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
195
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
You can preset the settings of two categories
(Phone, Audio) from Shortcuts.
■
Shortcuts
1Shortcuts
The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected
from the power source, such as when the battery is
disconnected or goes dead.
Shortcuts Icon
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 195 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
196
Features
■ Phone
You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset
numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle‘s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 305
To preset a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry
preset or an existing preset.
u The screen changes to a list of previously
stored speed dial entries.
6. Select a number you want to store as a
shortcut.
To make a call from a speed dial entry:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select a preset number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1Phone
Dial icon
You can make a call using the keyboard on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to input numbers.
2 To make a call using a phone number
P. 321
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 196 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
197
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
To delete a speed dial:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Speed Dial.
4. Select Edit.
5. Select Delete.
6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete.
To make a call from call history:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Call History.
4. Select a phone number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1Phone
The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or
missed calls.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 197 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
198
Features
■ Audio
You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM® Radio.
To preset a station:
1. Tune to a radio station.
2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 206
2 Playing SiriusXM® Radio P. 211
2. Select Shortcuts.
3. Select Audio.
4. Select Edit or No Entry.
u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.
5. Select Add.
6. Select the preset icon you want to store the
station.
To play a preset station:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select a preset icon.
To delete a preset station:
1. Select Shortcuts.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select Edit.
4. Select Delete.
5. Select the preset icon with the radio station
you want to delete.
1Audio
You can also preset a station by pressing and holding
the preset icon you want to store that station after
step 3.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 198 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
199
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
1. Select More, then Sound.
2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1. Select More, then Screen Settings.
2. Use
(+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
■
Adjusting the Sound
1Adjusting the Sound
Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 204
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
You can also adjust the sound by selecting on
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
■
Changing the Screen Settings
1Changing the Screen Settings
The following are adjustable screen settings:
•
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instruments panel brightness.
•
Brightness
•
Contrast
•
Black Level
•
Display
Changes between the daytime or nighttime
modes.
•
Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the
screen.
•
Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
•
Vibration
Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the
screen.
•
Fade Timer
Sets the screen black out timing.
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 199 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
200
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press the PHONE, INFO, AUDIO and APP buttons to go to the corresponding
display.
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■
Switching the Display
AudioInfoPhone
AUDIO ButtonPHONE Button INFO Button
App
APP Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 200 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
201
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 269
■ Info
Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate
to select an item, then press .
■ Trip computer (Current Drive)
Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
■ Trip computer (History of Trip A)
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip,
as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three
driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
■ Deleting the history manually
1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press .
2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
■ App
Connects with your smartphone to start the navigation app.
2 Smartphone Navi Apps P. 233
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 201 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
202
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port
*
P. 168
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,
Clock/Wallpaper Type.
4. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
5. Rotate to select Add New, then press
.
6. Rotate to select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
Then the display will return to the
wallpaper list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 202 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
203
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
5. Press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Set, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview
and press to see a preview at full-size screen.
To go back to the previous screen, press to select
OK, or press the BACK button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 203 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
204
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. On the screen of any audio source, press
the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Sound, then press .
Rotate to scroll through the following
choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 199
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
MENU Button
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Subwoofer
SVC
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 204 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
205
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Display tab.
4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate to adjust the setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Others tab.
4. Rotate to select Background Color,
then press .
5. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
Display Bluetooth Voice Reco
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 205 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
206
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
Audio/Information Screen Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
Tune Up/Down Icons
Select or to tune the radio
frequency.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio Source
Select to change a band or change
an audio source.
To listen to a stored channel,
select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).
Presets
Select to store a station.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio
stations.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
Tune Up/Down Icons
Scan
Select to sample each of the
strongest stations on the selected
band for 10 seconds. To turn off
scan, select Stop Scan.
TAG
Select to tag the song if it is played
on an HD Radio
TM
station. The
iPod/iPhone should be connected
to the audio system to store the
tagged song information on your
device.
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
iPod/iPhone
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 206 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
207
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Move to select Preset tab.
3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.
4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store a station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press
.
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
You can also store a station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the desired station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170
You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU
button and selecting Change Source on the Audio
menu screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio
TM
and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 207 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
208
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Move or to select the Station List
tab.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press
.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .
You can also update a station by the following procedure.
1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
iTunes Tagging
“iTunes” in “iTunes Tagging” is a trademark of
Apple Inc.
When an HD Radio
TM
station is selected, the HD
indicator appears on the audio/information screen
and On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
If you want to have the information on the song
played from the HD Radio
TM
station, select TAG in On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
or select Tag Song in
the menu with the interface dial.
If the iPod/iPhone is connected, the tag is transferred
to the connected device immediately, otherwise the
tag will be transferred when the device is connected
and Tag Song in the menu is selected with Interface
dial.
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 208 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
209
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
■ Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.
2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 206
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
■ Tag song to device
If your a iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG
information.
If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in
the audio unit temporarily, then once the device is connected to the system, data is
transferred to the iPod/iPhone.
To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press .
3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 209 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
210
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■ Tagged song list
Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press .
■ HD subchannel
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select HD Subchannel, then press .
3. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
Select the or when the subchannel number is displayed.
You can also select the channel by the following procedure.
1. Select More.
2. Select HD Subchannel.
3. Select the channel number.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 210 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
211
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
Channel Up/Down Icons
Scan
Select to scan each channel.
Presets
Select to store a channel. To
listen to a stored channel,
select 1-12.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change section in
the channel.
Select and hold to move rapidly within
the section.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select preset radio channel.
Move up, down, right and left to select
secondary menu.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Channel Up/Down Icons
Select or to the previous or
next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10
channels at a time.
Category Up/Down Icons
Select or to display and select
an SiriusXM® Radio category.
TAG
Select to tag a song played at an
SiriusXM® Radio channel. The iPod/
iPhone should be connected to the
audio system to store the tagged
song information on your device.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a playback
channel.
Select and hold to return to a real-
time program while listening to a
channel in Replay function.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Audio Source
Select to change a band or change
an audio source.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 211 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
212
Features
1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 170
2 On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
P. 194
2. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .
2. Select a channel using the , icons on the tune mode screen or the preset
numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.
To change the tune mode:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Tune Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .
1. Select More.
2. Select Tune Mode.
3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.
■
To Play SiriusXM® Radio
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Tune Start:
When you change a channel, a song being played on
that channel restarts from the beginning with this
function. This can be turned on or off from the Play
Song from Beginning setting.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 212 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
213
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel with channel list tab.
2. Move to select Preset tab.
3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the channel.
4. Press and hold for a few seconds.
You can also store a channel in the following steps.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .
4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that channel, then press
.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Change the display to the preset screen.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.
You can also store a channel in the following steps.
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that channel.
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
memory.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 213 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
214
Features
■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
You can store up to four of your preferred music channels per preset and listen to
them randomly.
1. Tune a station.
2. Select More.
3. Select Save Preset.
u Preset numbers you can add more music
channels to are highlighted.
4. Select a highlighted preset number you
want to add a music channel.
u A message appears if there are no
available presets.
5. Select Add from the Add/Replace screen.
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Featured Channels, then press .
3. Rotate to select a channel, then press .
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
■
Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM can be
displayed.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 214 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
215
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned
channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn
the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each
broadcast.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Playback, then press .
3. Rotate to select a channel then press .
To play or pause in playback mode:
Select icon.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Play/Pause, then press .
■ Returning to real-time broadcast
Select and hold the icon or select More then, select Go to Live.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Go to Live, then press .
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
Audio/Information Screen
(C)
(B)
(A)
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 215 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
216
Features
While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
your favorite teams.
■ To set up a sports alert
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then
press .
3. Select SXM tab.
4. Select SportsFlash
TM
.
5. Select Notification, then select Enable.
6. Press the BACK button.
7. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.
■ Receiving a sport alert
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sport alert.
2. Rotate to select Listen Now, then press .
■ Listen missed sports alert
If you have missed a sports alert:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select SportsFlash
TM
, then press .
3. Rotate to select Alert, then press .
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function at SiriusXM® mode only.
1To set up a sports alert
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
Selecting Enable(one time) from customize settings
disables the alert feature next time you turn the
power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
Interface Dial
Interface Dial
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 216 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
217
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
3. Rotate to select an item, then press .
To turn off scan, press to select Stop Scan, or press the BACK button.
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
If your iPhone/iPod is connected to the USB port you can store the TAG information.
If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in
the audio unit temporarily. Once the device is connected to the system, data is
transferred to the iPod/iPhone.
To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system:
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press .
3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.
Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press .
■
Scan
■
Tag Song to Device
■
Tagged Song List
1Scan
You can select desired channel by songs using Scan
Songs in presets.
The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on
TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 217 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
218
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder, and
to skip to the beginning of the
previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track/file.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current
track/file.
Scan Icon
Select to provides 10-second
sampling of each tracks.
Random Icon
Select to plays all tracks/files in
random order.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 218 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•
When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•
When you change the audio mode to CD.
•
When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
File Selection
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 219 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
220
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a CD P. 218
2. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a CD P. 218
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-
second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 220 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the iPod
mode.
2 USB Port
*
P. 168
Audio/Information Screen
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Album Bar
Select to search for an album.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
Album Art
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Album Art Icon
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current song.
Shuffle Icon
Select to change a play mode in
album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 221 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
222
Features
1. Select the album bar.
u The image of the current album is displayed.
2. Select or icon to search for an album.
u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.
■
How to Select an Album
1How to Select an Album
This function may not be available depending on
models or versions.
Select to go back to the previous screen.
X
Select an album
image.
Select the
album bar.
Album Bar
Album Image
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 222 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the Music Search list.
You can also select a song by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a song from the list.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Audio Error Messages P. 235
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 223 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
224
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.
2 Playing an iPod P. 221
2. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.
2 Playing an iPod P. 221
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 224 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Continued
Features
Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
You can also connect the phone using your USB connector to the USB port.
Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.
Compatible phones only
1Playing Internet Radio
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
U.S. models
iPhone
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when a phone is
connected.
Rating Icon
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Audio Source
Select Pandora® or Aha
TM
.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a song.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
Move up, down, right and left to
select secondary menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 225 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
226
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
■ Operating a menu item
The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Sound or Change Source, press the
MENU button, then press .
■
Pandora® Menu
• Skip Forward • Bookmark Track
• Play/Pause • Bookmark Artist
• Station List • Create Station
• Like • Sound
• Dislike • Change Source
U.S. models
1Playing Internet Radio
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call
1-888-528-7876.
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 238
There are restrictions on the number of songs you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 226 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio
Features
You can operate some of the Aha
TM
menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
■ Operating a menu item
The menu items are shown in the lower half of
the audio/information screen.
Rotate to select an item and press .
To select Sound, Change Source or Station
List, press the MENU button, then press .
■
Aha
TM
Radio Menu
• Like • Tracks
• Dislike • Reply
• Play/Pause • Sound
• 15sec rewind • Change Source
• 30sec Skip • Station List
1Aha
TM
Radio Menu
Aha
TM
by Harman is a cloud-based service that
organizes your favorite web content into live radio
stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio,
location-based services, and audio updates from
social media sites.
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Aha
TM
Radio P. 240
The menu items vary depending on the station you
selected.
To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app
must be installed on your phone. Visit
owners.acura.com/apps for more information.
You must have a previously set up Aha account prior
to using the service in your vehicle. Visit
www.aharadio.com for more information.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 227 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
228
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port
*
P. 168
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
BACK Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
More
Select to display the menu items.
Audio Source
Select to change an audio source.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive
is connected.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
Interface Dial/ENTER Button
Press and turn to select an item, then press
to set your selection. Move up, down, right
and left to select secondary menu.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Random Icon
Select to plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Scan Icon
Select to provides 10-second
sampling of each tracks.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeats the current
track/file.
Sound Icon
Select to display the Sound menu.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 228 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Music Search, then
press .
3. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the Music Search list.
You can also select a file by the following
procedure.
1. Rotate or press to display the song
list.
2. Rotate , move or , then press to
select a file from the list.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 241
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Audio Error Messages P. 235
Folder Selection
File Selection
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 229 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
230
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/
Repeat, then press .
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 228
2. Select a mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .
1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.
2 Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 228
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
files in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Random/Repeat is selected.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 230 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
231
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 305
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Play Icon
Pause Icon
More
Select to display
the menu items.
Audio Source
Select to change
an audio source.
Interface Dial/
ENTER Button
Press and turn to
select an item, then
press to set your
selection. Move up,
down, right and left
to select secondary
menu.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or
to change files.
MENU Button
Press to display
the menu items.
Folder Up/Down
Icons
Select or to
change folders.
On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
Audio/Information
Screen
VOL/ (Volume/
Power) Knob
Press to turn the
audio system on and
off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Sound Icon
Select to display
the Sound menu.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 231 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
232
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .
Select the play icon or pause icon.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.
Interface Dial
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 232 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Navi Apps
Features
Smartphone Navi Apps
You can connect an iPhone to the system to enable integration between the
AcuraLink navigation app on your phone and the vehicle. This allows you to see the
app on the vehicle display. Use the interface dial and buttons to control the app
when connected to the vehicle.
For more information on the AcuraLink navigation app, its features and operation,
phone compatibility, connection requirements, and downloading, visit
acuralink.acura.com.
1Smartphone Navi Apps
You must purchase the AcuraLink navigation app.
The required cable kit is sold separately. See your
dealer for more information.
Not all phones and apps are compatible with the
system. The system does not display all the available
apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be
preinstalled. See your dealer for details.
You need to switch the Bluetooth® connection to
your smartphone if another electronic device is
connected.
2 To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system) P. 306
Audio/Information screen
The navigation app icon installed in your
iPhone appears on the screen.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Use the display to input information.
APP button
Press to activate the app. The app appears
when your phone with Acura-unique
navigation app installed is connected to
the audio system via Bluetooth® and using
an HDMI® cable.
MENU button
Press to display Navigation App menu,
such as:
●
Destination
●
Map Options
●
Route Options, etc.
SETTINGS button
Press to set up the following:
●
Display Adjustment
●
Guidance Volume
●
Sync Clock w/ Smartphone
Interface Dial
●
Rotate left and right to
zoom in and out.
●
Move to eight directions to
scroll the map.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 233 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
234
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Features
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your
compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2 Phone Setup P. 276
■
Using Siri Eyes Free
iPhone only
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri
Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
Appears when Siri is
activated in Siri Eyes
Free
Talk button:
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
Hang-up/Back button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 234 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
235
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
*1:Models with one display
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Cause Solution
Unplayable File Track/file format not supported
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
Bad Disc
Please check owners manual
Push Eject
*1
Mechanical error
●
Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 243
●
If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
Push Eject
*2
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please check owners
manual
*1
Servo error
Bad Disc
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
*2
Check Disc Disc error
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 243
Heat Error
*2
High temperature
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 235 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
236
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with one display
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Solution
USB Error
Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit
*1
or audio unit
*2
. Check if the device is
compatible with the USB adapter unit
*1
or audio unit
*2
.
Bad USB Device
Please Check Owners
Manual.
*1
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s
Manual
*2
No Song
*1
Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported Ver
*1
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.
Unsupported Version
*2
Retry Connection
*1
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Connect Retry
*2
Unplayable File
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 236 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
237
uuAudio Error Messagesu
Continued
Features
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Solution
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
iPod
*2
USB flash drive
iPod
*2
and USB flash drive
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 237 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
238
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
PANDORA No Station Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station.
PANDORA Requires Update Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Please update the device application.
PANDORA Unavailable Appears when Pandora is performing system maintenance. Try again later.
PANDORA Cannot Connect Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Check your device.
PANDORA Loading... Appears when Pandora is loading.
Error Message Solution
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
No stations have been created.
Please create a station on the device.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may
skip each hour.
Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.
U.S. models
Models with one display
Models with two displays
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 238 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
239
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
Unable to save rating.
Unable to save bookmark
or
Unable to skip
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
No data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
PANDORA App version is not supported.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
PANDORA system maintenance
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your
mobile device.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 239 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
240
uuAudio Error MessagesuAha
TM
Radio
Features
Aha
TM
Radio
If an error occurs while playing Aha
TM
Radio, you may see the following error
messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile
device.
Appears when the Aha
TM
app is not activated. Check your device.
Incompatible USB Device
Please Check Owner’s Manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again.
Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Models with two displays
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 240 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
241
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, select CH 000 and the radio ID appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the MODE button repeatedly or
operating the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Loading:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Channel off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Channel unsubscribed:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
No signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Channel unavailable:
No such channel exists.
Check antenna, Antenna disconnected, Antenna shorted:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
US: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-800-
852-9696
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca, or 1-
877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•
In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•
In tunnels
•
On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•
Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 241 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
242
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs
Features
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 242 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
243
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 243 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
244
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80/160GB (launched in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launched in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launched in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6 Plus
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 244 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
245
Continued
Features
Customized Features
*
See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the
Vehicle Settings.
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
1Customized Features
*
When you customize settings, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to
(P.
To customize other features, rotate , move , ,
or , and press .
2 List of customizable options P. 251
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
SETTINGS Button
Audio/Information Screen
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 245 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
246
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
■ Customization flow
Press the SETTINGS button.
Voice Prompt
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Bluetooth Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit pairing code
Default
Display
System
Settings
Bluetooth
Voice
Recognition
Sync Display Brightness
Factory Data Reset
Background Color
Header Clock Display
Clock
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock
Language
Display Operation Restriction Tips
*
Others
Wallpaper
Clock/Wallpaper
Type
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 246 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
247
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Forward Collision Warning Distance
*
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
*
Turn by Turn Display
*
Default
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Vehicle
Settings
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
Keyless
Access
Setup
Lighting
Setup
Keyless Access Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
*
Blind Spot Info
*
Driving
Position
Setup
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
*
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Remote Start System On/Off
*
Memory Position Link
Meter
Setup
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 247 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
248
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
Play Song from Beginning
*1
Default
Source Select Popup
Maintenance ResetMaintenance Info.
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Rear
Camera
Cross Traffic Monitor
*1:
See the Navigation System Manual.
Navi
Settings
*
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Door
Setup
Cover Art
*1
Bluetooth Device List
*1
Connect Bluetooth Audio Device
*1
May change depending
on your currently
selected source.
HD Radio Mode
*1
SportsFlash
TM*1
Notification
Beep
Favorite Teams
Default
Camera
Settings
SXM
Bluetooth
Other
Audio
Settings
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 248 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
249
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect
Default
Phone
Connect Phone
Edit Bluetooth
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device
Bluetooth Device
List
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Default
Default
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Text/Email
Phone
Settings
Message Auto Reading
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 249 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
250
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
Info Screen Preference
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock
Default Other
Info
Settings
Clock Format
Display Adjustment
Guidance Volume
Default
Sync Clock w/ Smartphone
App
Settings
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 250 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
251
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Display
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the display brightness
synchronizes with the instrument panel
brightness.
On
*1
/Off
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.
—
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 305
—
Edit pairing code
Changes a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 307
Random/Fixed
*1
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 251 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
252
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Voice
Recog-
nition
Voice Prompt
• Beginner: Explains each option.
• Expert: Turns off voice prompts.
Beginner
*1
/Expert
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 202
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic/Add New
Clock Adjustment
Adjusts Clock.
2 Clock P. 108
—
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 252 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
253
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Others
Language Changes the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Display Operation
Restriction Tips
*
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Background Color
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen and the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
Blue
*1
/Amber/Red/
Green
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 265
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default.
Default/OK
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 253 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
254
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driver
Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision Warning
Distance
*
Changes at which distance CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
*
Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multi-
information display.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure Mitigation
Setting
*
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
*
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
*
Changes the setting for the blind spot
information.
Audible And Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/
Off
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 254 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
255
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Meter
Setup
Language Selection
Changes the displayed language on the multi-
information display.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
Turn by Turn Display
*
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
Driving
Position
Setup
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 255 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
256
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/
All Doors
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System On/
Off
*
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds
*1
/
0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 256 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
257
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Door
Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from P/
Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched
Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in
key.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 257 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
258
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Mainte-
nance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.
—
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default.
Default/OK
Camera
Settings
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Camera group as default.
Default/OK
Cross
Traffic
Monitor
Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 258 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
259
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
SXM
SportsFlash
TM*
Notification
Turns on and off the sports alert function.
Disable
*1
/Enable/
Enable(one time)
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
is notified.
On
*1
/Off
Favorite
Teams
Selects your favorite sport teams.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 216
On
*1
/Off
Play Song from Beginning
Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Device List
Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired
to HFL.
—
Connect Bluetooth Audio
Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
SiriusXM® mode
SiriusXM® mode
Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora®
*
or
Aha
TM
mode
Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora®
*
or
Aha
TM
mode
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 259 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
260
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
Others
Source Select Popup
Selects whether the list of selectable audio
sources comes on when the AUDIO button is
pressed.
On/Off
*1
HD Radio Mode
*
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analogue waves only.
Auto
*1
/Analog
Cover Art
Turns on and off the cover art display. On
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
FM/AM mode
iPod, USB, Pandora®
*
or Aha
TM
mode
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 260 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
261
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Phone
Connect Phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL, or connects or
disconnects a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 305
—
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 305
—
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Phone Setup P. 305
—
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Answer
Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds.
On/Off
*1
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
/Off
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On
*1
/Off
Use Contact Photo
Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen.
On
*1
/Off
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 261 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
262
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Settings
Text/
Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —
New Text/Email Alert
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
—
Message Auto Reading
Selects whether the system automatically reads
out messages, and, if selected, whether only
when driving.
On/Off/Auto
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 262 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
263
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Info
Settings
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock
See System Settings on P. 251 to P. 253.
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Other Info Screen Preference
Selects the top menu when the INFO button is
pressed.
●
Info Top- A brief menu pops up.
●
Info Menu- A full menu pops up.
●
Off- A menu does not pop up.
Info Top/Info
Menu
*1
/Off
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 263 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
264
uuCustomized Features
*
u
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
App
Settings
Display Adjustment
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.
—
Color
Changes the color of the audio/information
screen.
—
Tint Changes the tint of the audio/information screen. —
Guidance Volume
Adjusts the guidance volume level with
navigation app.
0 ~ 9
*1
~ 11
Sync Clock w/ Smartphone
Selects whether the clock links to the device you
connect.
On/Off
*1
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the App
Settings group as default.
Default/OK
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 264 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
265
uuCustomized Features
*
uDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Others tab.
4. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
•
Audio preset settings
•
Phonebook entries
•
Other display and each item settings.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 265 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
266
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 266 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
267
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
Continued
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800)355-3515.
Red Indicator
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 267 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
268
Features
■
Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2.
Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow
steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not
need to press and release the HomeLink button
again in step 2.
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator remains on for
about 25 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
4.
3.
2.
5.
A.
B.
1.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to
constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and release the HomeLink button. Press
and release the button on the remote every 2
secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from
slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly
blinking? The process should take less than 60
seconds.
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.
HomeLink LED is
constantly on.
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 268 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
269
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up) button: Press to end a call.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
(Back) button: Press to cancel a command.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
Models with one display
1Using HFL
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, use the audio system's
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Microphone
Pick-up
Button
Selector
Knob
PHONE
Button
Hang-up Button
Volume up
Volume
down
Back Button
Talk Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 269 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
270
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you
when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You
cannot select a grayed-out option until the
vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags can be called using voice
commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 286
■
HFL Status Display
1Using HFL
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Caller Name
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language.
2 Language Selection P. 174
Disabled option
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 270 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
271
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Models with one display
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Display your speed dial entry lists.
(up to 15 entries per paired phone)
Display the last 20
outgoing calls.
Display the last 20
incoming calls.
Display the last 20
missed calls.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
Phone
Speed Dial
*1
Call History
*1
PHONE or
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 271 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
272
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial
*1
Text Message Read/Stop readingMessage is read aloud
Reply
Call
Display Message
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
Select message and .
Reply to a received message using one of
six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
See an entire received message
(if more than three lines of text).
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 272 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
273
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone Setup Connection Add a New Phone
Connect a Phone
Disconnect Phone
Delete a Phone
Pairing Code
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the
system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Create a code for a paired phone.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 273 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
274
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Speed Dial
*1
Phonebook
Call History
Phone Number
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Add New
Existing entry list
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial
number.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a
speed dial number.
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial
number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial
number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial
number.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 274 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
275
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Passcode
*1
Auto Transfer
Caller ID Info Name Priority
Number Priority
Message Notice
System Clear
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you
enter the vehicle.
Prioritize the caller’s name as the
caller ID.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as
the caller ID.
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Turn incoming text message notifications on or off.
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
codes.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 275 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
276
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
6. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 276 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
277
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Add a New Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to Select Location.
5. Rotate to select Empty, then press .
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 277 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
278
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
6. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
7. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
9. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 278 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
279
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Pairing Code, then
press .
5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then
press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 279 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
280
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Connection, then Delete a Phone.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
u You will receive a notification on the
screen if it is successful.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 280 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
281
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Message Notice, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
■
To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 281 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
282
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Passcode.
3. Select a phone you want to add a security
PIN to.
u Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen.
u Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Rotate to select, then press . Press
to delete. Press to enter the
security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
2.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
In the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 282 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
283
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
4. You will receive a notification on the screen
if the change is successful.
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID
Info.
3. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
4. You will receive a notification on the screen
if the change is successful.
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority mode: A caller’s name is displayed if it
is stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority mode: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 283 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
284
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all
imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select System
Clear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
4. You will receive a notification message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
5. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Press to finish.
■
To Clear the System
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 284 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
285
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Car
Fax
Message
Other
Voice
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 285 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
286
Features
Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial, then Add New.
3. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
By Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
By Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
By Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 286 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
287
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,
then press .
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tag.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 287 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
288
Features
■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,
then press .
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 288 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
289
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press
.
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored speed dial number
with a voice tag using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 270
2 Speed Dial P. 286
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored speed dial number
with a voice tag using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 270
2 Speed Dial P. 286
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 289 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
290
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired
phone’s speed dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 286
Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 290 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
291
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
HFL Mode Caller Name
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 291 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
292
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 292 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
293
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently
received messages on a compatible linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Rotate to select Yes to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
the BACK button.
■
Receiving a Text Message
1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 297
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message feature. Only use the text message feature
when conditions allow you to do so safely.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 293 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
294
Features
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 297
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 294 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
295
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ Using the stop reading or read option
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Stop Reading or
Read, then press .
1Using the stop reading or read option
This option changes to:
•
Stop Reading while the text message is read out.
Select this option to discontinue the message read-
out.
•
Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or
after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option
to hear the system reading out the selected
message.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 295 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
296
Features
■ Reply to a message
You can reply to a message using one of the
six common phrases available in the system.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Reply, then press .
6. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
7. The reply message you selected is displayed.
Select Yes to send the message.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I'm driving.
•
I am on my way.
•
I'm running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
After you reply, the following is displayed:
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 296 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
297
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
You can call the text message sender.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Call, then press .
u HFL begins dialing.
■ Displaying an entire message
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Display Message,
then press .
6. Rotate to scroll down and display the
entire message.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 297 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
298
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s navigation
*
/audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to a phone-specific voice command screen or to
answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,
, or to select secondary menu.
■
HFL Buttons
Models with two displays
1Using HFL
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be in On.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
Voice control tips:
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook
name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally
after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation an after ending the call.
Talk Button
Volume up
Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button
Volume down
Interface
Dial
PHONE
Button
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 298 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
299
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 316
■
HFL Status Display
1Using HFL
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth® Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level
Status
Roam Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
Disabled Option
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 299 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
300
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
■ Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
Models with two displays
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Phone
Connect
Phone
Bluetooth
Device List
(Existing
entry list)
Replace This
Device
Add Bluetooth
Device
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Disconnect
(Existing entry list)
Pair a phone to the system.
Edit PIN
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Delete This
Device
Delete a previously paired phone.
Add Bluetooth
Device
Pair a phone to the system.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 300 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
301
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Manual Input
Edit Speed
Dial
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Delete All
Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Edit
Delete
(Existing
entry list)
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select the ring tone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
Automatic Phone Sync
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.
Default
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 301 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
302
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Select a mail or text message account.
Text/Email
*1
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Select Account
Enable Text/Email
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
New Text/Email Alert
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text/e-mail message.
Message Auto Reading
Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected,
whether only when driving.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 302 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
303
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Phone screen
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button to display the
menu items.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Speed Dial
*1
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
More Speed Dials
Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 303 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
304
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Text/Email
*1
Message is
read aloud.
See the previous message.
(Read/Stop)
Previous
Next
See the next message.
System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
Reply
Call
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select Account
Select a message
and press .
Select a mail or text message account.
Redial
*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
*1
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 304 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
305
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 315
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 305 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
306
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Connect
Phone, then Add Bluetooth device.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, move
to select Device Not Found? and
search for Bluetooth devices using your
phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 306 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
307
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
pairing code.
3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be six or four digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 307 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
308
Features
■ To replace an already-paired phone
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press .
5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone.
u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 308 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
309
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 309 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
310
Features
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Enable
Text/Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Text/Email Alert.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special
feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-
528-7876.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 310 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
311
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To set up the auto reading option
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Message
Auto Reading.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then
press .
1To set up the auto reading option
On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud.
Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.
Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when
driving.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 311 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
312
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u
Rotate to select, then press .
Move to delete. Rotate to select
OK to enter the security PIN.
u
You can also enter a number using the
icons.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Audio/information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 312 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
313
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Answer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Auto Answer
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 313 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
314
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone.
3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Use
Contact Photo.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
■
Use Contact Photo
Phone settings
All Phone
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sy
Use Contact Photo
On
O
Default
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 314 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
315
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Preference
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 315 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
316
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate to
select Yes or No, then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 316 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
317
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Record, then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 317 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
318
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 318 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
319
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag
name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or
“Call” and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 319 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
320
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Move to Alphabet Search.
u You can use the keyboard on the touch
screen for an alphabetical search.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number, phonebook name, or number using
voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 299
2 Speed Dial P. 316
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
for an alphabetical search.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 320 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
321
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
5. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a phone number
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
to input numbers.
Select numbers, then to start dialing.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 321 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
322
Features
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
4. Move or to select All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Move to select More Speed Dials to view another
paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call
from that list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 316
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 322 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
323
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
instead of the and buttons.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 323 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
324
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the Phone
screen.
Rotate to select the option, then press .
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
Mute Icon
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 324 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
325
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to
On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 310
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 325 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
326
Features
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to
be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Select
Account.
3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
e-mail message account you want, then
press .
■
Selecting a Mail Account
1Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list
screen or the message list screen.
Move to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text
message or mail account at a time.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 326 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
327
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ Displaying text messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
u Select account if necessary.
4. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or
on the text message screen.
Message List
Text Message
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 327 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
328
Features
■ Displaying e-mail messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a folder, then press .
5. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the
message list screen at the same time. In this case, text
messages are titled No subject.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail Message
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 328 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
329
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 327
2. Press to stop reading.
Press again to start reading the message
from the beginning.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 327
2. Move and rotate to select Reply,
then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•
I’m on my way.
•
I’m running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 329 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
330
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying text messages P. 327
2. Move and rotate to select Call, then
press .
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 330 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
331
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving................................... 332
Maximum Load Limit........................ 335
Towing a Trailer................................ 337
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 338
Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 344
Shifting............................................ 345
Cruise Control
*
................................ 349
Front Sensor Camera
*
...................... 352
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
....... 354
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
System
*
......................................368
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
.... 373
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System ...............381
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
...383
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 385
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 387
Braking
Brake System ................................... 389
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 391
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
..................................... 393
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 402
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
..................... 403
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 406
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 407
How to Refuel ................................. 408
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 409
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing
CO
2
Emissions................................ 409
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 331 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
332
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 332 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
333
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 335
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 148
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 151
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 146
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 143
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 333 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
334
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 64
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 334 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
335
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire
and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 500
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 500
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 335 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
336
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 336 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
337
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 498
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 337 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
338
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N, it is safer to start it in (P.
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell
exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 126
Brake Pedal
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 338 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
339
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Shift to
(P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
■
Stopping the Engine
1Starting the Engine
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless
access remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 483
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote
is subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
before trying again.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 339 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
340
Driving
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from
extended distances.
■ To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the trunk are locked.
■
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
WARNING:
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed
areas. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you. Never use the remote engine starter
with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas
with limited ventilation.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
•
You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the multi-information display.
•
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
•
The shift lever is in a position other than (P.
•
The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is
unlocked.
•
You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
•
Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle.
•
There is any antenna failure.
•
Door is unlocked with the built-in key.
With the doors locked, Press the button,
then press and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
engine starts.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while
the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 340 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
341
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
■ To stop the engine
Press and hold the button
for one second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.
Red LED:
●
Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
●
Blinks when the remote is out of
the keyless access system range.
The engine will not stop.
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
•
The engine oil pressure is low.
•
The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
•
The telematics unit malfunctions.
•
The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the
door lock status using the remote. When you press
the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If
the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not
lock, and the engine does not start.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
•
The air conditioning is activated in recirculation
mode.
When it is cold outside:
•
The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
•
The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
•
The seat heater is activated
*
.
2 Seat Heaters
*
P. 160
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 341 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
342
Driving
1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
3. Put the shift lever in
(D. Select (R when reversing.
4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■ Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to
(D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote
*
When the engine was started in any case
1Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 342 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
343
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine,
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the engine will shut down and all steering
and brake power assist functions will stop, making it
difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in
(N, as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 343 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
344
uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission
Driving
Dual Clutch Transmission
As with a conventional automatic transmission, this vehicle will creep.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
The following can damage the under spoiler:
•
Parking the vehicle by a parking block
•
Parallel parking along the road shoulder
•
Driving towards the bottom of a hill
•
Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
•
Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
•
Driving on a road with potholes.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 344 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
345
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions
1Shifting
You cannot change the power mode from ON to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in
(P.
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive
Used:
●
For normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 8th automatically)
●
When temporarily driving in the sequential mode
Drive (S)
Used for:
●
Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed)
●
Driving in the sequential mode
Release Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 345 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
346
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving,
a blinking transmission indicator indicates a
transmission problem.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the shift
lever is in
(N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut
off even without the engine speed entering the
tachometer’s red zone.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever
release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.
Press the shift lever release button and shift.
Tachometer’s red zone
Gear Position Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator
Models without
full color display
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 346 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
347
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without removing your
hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift
mode.
■ When the shift lever is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position
indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will
automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off.
Hold the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.
■ When the shift lever is in (S:
The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode, and the M (sequential mode)
indicator and gear position indicator will come on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or
less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. It will not automatically shift
up, even if vehicle speed increases.
If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine
speed increases approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission
automatically shifts up to the next gear.
When switching out of the sequential shift mode, move the shift lever from
(S to
(D. When the sequential shift mode is canceled, the M indicator and gear position
indicator go off.
■
Sequential Shift Mode
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 347 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
348
Driving
■ Second gear lock mode
If you pull the
(+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less,
the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on
slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads.
To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the
(- paddle shifter, or move the shift lever
from (S to (D.
■
Sequential Shift Mode Operation
1Sequential Shift Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
Recommended Shift Points
Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel
economy and effective emission control.
If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to
shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not
in its allowable gear range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
Shift Up Normal Acceleration
1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h)
2nd to 3rd 25 mph (40 km/h)
3rd to 4th 40 mph (64 km/h)
4th to 5th 47 mph (76 km/h)
5th to 6th 52 mph (84 km/h)
6th to 7th 57 mph (92 km/h)
7th to 8th 62 mph (100 km/h)
Downshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 348 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
349
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Driving
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
When to use
■
Shift positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (S
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
■
Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■
Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 349 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
350
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the
desired speed.
The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when cruise control begins.
On
DECEL/SET Button
Press and release
On
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 350 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
351
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons
on the steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increased or decreased by about
10 mph (16 km/h).
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET
button on the steering wheel when adjusting the
speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.
■
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/
ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25
mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
CRUISE Button
CANCEL Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 351 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
352
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
*
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC, and CMBS
TM
, is designed to
detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to
windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 352 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
353
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
*
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed towards the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 353 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
354
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-distance behind a
vehicle detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake
or the accelerator.
When ACC slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake lights will
illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the
brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a
safe distance between your vehicle and other
vehicles.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.
Use ACC only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
3
WARNING
ACC has limited braking capability.
When your vehicle speed drops below 22
mph, ACC will automatically cancel and no
longer will apply your vehicle’s brakes.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal when conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control: Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
■
Shift positions for adaptive cruise control: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is in
the front grille.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 354 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
355
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC and Lane
Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on or
off.
ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 359
When not using adaptive cruise control: Turn off
adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This
also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS).
Do not use the ACC under the following conditions.
•
On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, the ACC will not apply the brakes to
maintain the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel.
ACC is ready to use.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 355 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
356
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the
desired speed.
The moment you release the DECEL/SET
button, the set speed is fixed, and adaptive
cruise control begins.
u A vehicle icon and distance bars appear
on the multi-information display.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display
between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
On when ACC
begins
Press and release
DECEL/SET Button
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Distance
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 356 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
357
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected
doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order
to keep the vehicle’s set following-distance from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Change Vehicle Distance P. 362
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds and a message
appears on the multi-information display to alert you
to brake.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
distance from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start
accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually distancing itself from
you.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle
detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the
ACC detecting range. Change the ACC Forward
Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
Beep
ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 357 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
358
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle cruises at the set speed.
■ A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going slower than the set speed
Your vehicle slows down, and maintains the same speed as the speed of the vehicle
ahead to maintain the set following distance.
■ A vehicle ahead is within ACC range and going at a steady speed
Your vehicle follows the vehicle ahead of it, keeping a constant distance, without
going beyond the set speed.
■ A vehicle ahead goes out of range
ACC accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alerts even if a vehicle is in ACC range.
ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the
system resumes the set speed.
There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is
lightly applied.
1When in Operation
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
distance when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may
not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 359
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 358 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
359
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the trunk or rear seats.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC Conditions and Limitations
1ACC Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC is shared with the Collision
Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 393
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 359 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
360
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 360 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
361
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons
on the steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about
5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
following-distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead.
You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET
button on the steering wheel when adjusting the
speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 361 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
362
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
Press the (distance) button to change the
ACC range.
Each time you press the button, the following-
distance (the distance behind a vehicle
detected ahead of you) setting cycles through
extra long, long, middle, and short following-
distances.
Determine the most appropriate following-
distance setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-distance requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Change Vehicle Distance
Distance Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 362 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
363
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
Following-distance
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
84 feet
26 meters
1.1 sec
102 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
111 feet
34 meters
1.5 sec
139 feet
43 meters
1.5 sec
Long
155 feet
48 meters
2.1 sec
202 feet
62 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
215 feet
66 meters
3.0 sec
285 feet
87 meters
3.0 sec
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 363 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
364
Driving
To cancel adaptive cruise control, do any of
the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled adaptive cruise control, you can resume the
prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the
RES/ACCEL button when driving at a speed of at
least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume when vehicle speed is less
than 25 mph (40 km/h).
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press
the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the
desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 364 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
365
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when
ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC
cancellation:
• Your vehicle speed slows down to 22 mph (35 km/h) and below.
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though adaptive cruise control has been
automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior
set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC
to cancel improves, then press the RES/ACCEL
button.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 365 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
366
Driving
Press and hold the (distance) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the multi-information display for two seconds,
and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC, press and hold the
button again for one second. ACC Mode
Selected appears on the multi-information
display for two seconds.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the
desired speed.
The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
Each time you press the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button, the vehicle speed is
increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed
increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
■
To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
ACC ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 366 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
367
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/
ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25
mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).
•
When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 367 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
368
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your
vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the multi-information
display.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 371
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure
message displays repeatedly and you do not apply
responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels
RDM functions.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 368 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
369
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
■
How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 75
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
•
Not driven within a traffic lane.
•
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
•
Driven in a narrow lane.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 369 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
370
Driving
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the multi-
information display when the system is
on.
■
RDM On and Off
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the multi-information
display, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
RDM Button
Indicator
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 370 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
371
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Continued
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 371 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
372
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• When driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 372 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
373
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides visual alert if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 87
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 379
LKAS may not function as designed on while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
Rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel and a warning display alert
you that the vehicle is drifting out
of a detected lane.
RDM selected Normal or Wide
Beeps and a warning display alert you
that the vehicle is drifting out of a
detected lane.
RDM selected Warning only
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
LKAS camera
Monitors the lane
lines
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 373 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
374
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane, when the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 374 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
375
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the multi-information
display.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the multi-
information display.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 375 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
376
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
To cancel
1When the System can be Used
The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to
detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines
again, it comes back on automatically.
1To cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 376 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
377
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the multi-
information display change to
contour lines, and the beeper
sounds.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 377 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
378
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When driving through a sharp curve.
• When driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
• When the ABS or VSA® systems engage.
A beeper will sound if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 378 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
379
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 379 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
380
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• When driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 380 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
381
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Continued
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 381 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
382
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially turn the VSA® features on and off,
press and hold it until you hear a beep.
The traction control stops fully functioning,
allows the wheels to spin more freely at low
speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come
on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA® OFF)
button until you hear a beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
With the button pressed, your vehicle will have
normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA®
traction and stability enhancement becomes less
effective.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control
systems switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 382 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
383
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
Continued
Driving
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.
■ How the system works
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over
reliance on BSI may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
•
The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to
obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the BLIND
SPOT NOT AVAILABLE multi-information display
appearing.
•
The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the
message appearing.
The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the
following conditions:
•
A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
•
A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
•
The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
•
An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
When your vehicle is moving
forward at 20 mph (32 km/h)
or more.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners
Alert Zone
A
B
C
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 383 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
384
Driving
■ When the system detects a vehicle
1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System
*
You can change the setting for BSI.
2 Customized Features P. 97, 245
BSI may be adversely affected when:
•
Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
•
An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
•
Driving on a curved road.
•
A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
•
The system picks up external electrical interference.
•
The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
•
The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
•
In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For a proper BSI use:
•
Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
•
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
•
Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be
repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly
impacted.
The system is not activate when the shift lever is in
(R.
Comes on when:
●
A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
●
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
BSI Alert Indicator: Located on the outside
rearview mirror on both sides.
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
Comes On
Blinks
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 384 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
385
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the multi-information display.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 494
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 385 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
386
Driving
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the
power mode to ON, and press the
(information) button until you see the tire
pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low/CHECK TIRE PRESSURE
is displayed when a tire has significantly low
pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the
screen.
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the multi-information
display can be slightly different from the actual
pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a
significant difference between the two values, or if
the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message
on the multi-information display do not go off after
you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure,
have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem/CHECK TPMS
SYSTEM may appear if you drive with the compact
spare tire
*
, or there is a problem with the TPMS.
Models with
full color
display
Models without
full color
display
Models with
full color
display
Models without
full color
display
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 386 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
387
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 387 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
388
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 388 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
389
Continued
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Pull the lever fully up without pressing the
release button.
To release:
1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button.
2. Lower the lever down all the way, then
release the button.
■
Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release
Parking Brake appears on the multi-information
display.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 389 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBrakinguBrake System
390
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 392
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 391
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 390 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
391
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
•
When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 391 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
392
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
■
Brake Assist System
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 392 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
393
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
■ How the system works
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor
stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 397
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 397
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance
of a collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
When to use
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 393 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
394
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multi-
information display setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 100, 254
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops
if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 394 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
395
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The sensors detect a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle
ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible
alerts come on at a longer distance
from a vehicle ahead than in
Normal setting, and in Short, at a
shorter distance than in Normal.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision has increased, time to
respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a collision is
unavoidable.
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 395 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
396
Driving
Press this button until the beeper sounds to
switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting each time you start the engine.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 397
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 396 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
397
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 397 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
398
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too hot.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 398 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
399
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 399 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
400
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ Limitations pedestrians only
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about 7
feet (2 meter) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands or raised or they
are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
■ Automatic shutoff
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,
cleaning), the system comes back on.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 400 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
401
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the
emblem.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 401 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
402
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Move the shift lever from
(D to (P.
4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•
Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 402 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
403
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Continued
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 403 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
404
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 405
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
• The shift lever is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from
your vehicle, and it may detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary
objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Cross traffic monitor may not detect or may delay
detecting an approaching vehicle, or may alert
detection without an approaching vehicle under the
following conditions:
•
An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
•
Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
•
A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h).
•
The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
•
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
•
When there is bad weather.
•
Your vehicle is on an incline.
•
Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
•
Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
•
The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have a vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 404 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
405
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information
screen.
You can switch on and off the system using
the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the transmission is in
(R, mud, snow, ice, and
others may have accumulated in the vicinity of the
sensor. Check the bumper corners for any
obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if
necessary.
If the comes on in amber when the transmission
is in
(R, there may be a problem with the Cross
Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
■
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
Wide View Top Down View
Arrow Icon
Normal View
Icon
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 405 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
406
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
See the Navigation System Manual.
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to
(R.
You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the
selector knob to switch the angle.
If the last used viewing mode is Wide or Normal, the same mode is selected the next
time you shift into
(R. If Top View was last used, Wide mode is selected.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you shift into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Top Down View Mode
Normal View Mode
Wide View Mode
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 118 inches (3 m)
Approx. 79 inches (2 m)
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 406 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
407
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 liters)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 407 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
408
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Push on the fuel fill door release handle at
the foot of the driver’s seat.
u The fuel fill door opens.
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Push
Cap
Cap
Holder
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 408 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
409
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
multi-information display.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100
L per 100 km
Kilometers
driven
Liters of
fuel
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 409 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
410
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 410 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
411
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 412
Safety When Performing Maintenance..413
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 414
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 415
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 420
Opening the Hood ........................... 421
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 422
Oil Check......................................... 423
Adding Engine Oil............................ 424
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...425
Engine Coolant................................ 427
Transmission Fluid............................ 429
Brake Fluid....................................... 430
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 430
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 431
Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 440
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 442
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 443
Tire Labeling .................................... 443
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)..445
Wear Indicators................................ 447
Tire Service Life................................ 447
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 448
Tire Rotation.................................... 449
Winter Tires ..................................... 450
Battery............................................... 451
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 452
Climate Control System Maintenance
..454
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 455
Exterior Care.................................... 457
Accessories and Modifications ........ 460
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 411 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
412
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 430
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 442
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 431
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 440
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display (MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 418
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 509
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 412 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
413
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given
task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 413 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
414
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 414 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
415
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON.
The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your
vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 415 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
416
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the multi-information display.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the multi-
information display.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 418
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
Button
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Models with
full color
display
Models without
full color
display
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 416 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
417
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
*1:On the left: Models with full color display
On the right: Models without full color display
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display
Maintenance Message
*1
Oil Life Display
*1
Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Soon/
SERVICE DUE SOON
15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6
percent. Once you switch the display
by pressing the
(information) button, this message
will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and
serviced soon.
Maintenance Due Now/
SERVICE DUE NOW
5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the button to
switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due/
SERVICE PAST DUE
Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over 10
miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Press the
button to switch to another
display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 417 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
418
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
•
Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
•
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub Items
Main Item Main Item
Sub Items
*1: Models with full color display
*2: Models without full color display
*1
*2
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Check parking brake adjustment
●
Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle (If
equipped)
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
at 40,000 miles (64,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 418 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
419
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Go to the Maintenance Info group.
2 Customized Features P. 97
3. Press the SEL/RESET button.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.
4. Select RESET with the button, then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
You can reset the engine oil life display using the
audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features
*
P. 245
Models with two displays
Engine Oil Life
Maintenance
Item Codes
SEL/RESET Button
Button
Models with full
color display
Models without
full color display
Maintenance
Item Codes
Engine Oil Life
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 419 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
420
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank Cap
Radiator Cap
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 420 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
421
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Slide the hood latch lever in the center of
the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Pull
Hood Release Handle
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 421 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
422
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Acura Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 422 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
423
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 423 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
424
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 424 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
425
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi-
information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the screws on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Under Cover Screw
Drain Bolt
Washer
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 425 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
426
Maintenance
5. Remove the screws and remove the rid.
6. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
7. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
8. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
9. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
10. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
4.6 US qt (4.4 L)
11. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
12. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
13. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Screw
Rid
Oil Filter
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 426 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
427
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 427 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
428
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and
relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Radiator Cap
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 428 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
429
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
■
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0
1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE
2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability
of your vehicle’s transmission, and may even damage
it.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 is not
covered by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 429 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
430
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears
on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not
overflow the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
MIN
MAX
Brake Reserve Tank
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Canadian models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 430 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
431
Continued
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Fog Light Bulbs
*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head
screwdriver.
u The screw does not drop.
Fog Light: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb Type)
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Dropping
prevention
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 431 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
432
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
2. Insert a flat-tip screwdriver into the tab at
the inside edge of the cover, then pull
straight out as indicated to remove the
cover.
3. Remove the screws using a Phillips-head
screwdriver and carefully pull the fog light
assembly out of the bumper.
4. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
5. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
6. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it clockwise.
7. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Cover
Screws
Coupler
Bulb
Tab
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 432 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
433
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Lights
Maintenance
Front Turn Signal Lights
Front turn signal lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 433 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
434
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Front Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the light being replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel
counter-clockwise.
Driver side: Turn the steering wheel
clockwise.
2. Remove the holding clips (A), (B) and screw,
pull the inner fender back.
3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
Front Side Marker Light: 3 CP
1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center
pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Holding clip (A-type)
Push until the
pin is flat
Screw
Inner
Fender
Clip (B)
Clips (A)
Coupler
Tab
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 434 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
435
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs
When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver,
then lift and remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is
flat.
Holding clip (B-type)
Clip
Push until the
pin is flat.
Bulb
Socket
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 435 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
436
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights
Maintenance
Brake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights
Brake light, taillight and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized
Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip
screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Remove the mounting bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
Cover
Bolts
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 436 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
437
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Maintenance
4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
6. Reinstall the light assembly by sliding it on
to the guide on the body.
Socket
Bulb
Guide
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 437 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
438
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Back-Up Light: 16 W
Clips
Socket
Bulb
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 438 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
439
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the screw from the center of the
fastener using a Phillips-head screwdriver.
2. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
3. Remove the license plate light assembly by
squeezing the tabs on both sides of the
socket.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Light: 5 W
Fastener
Lining
Clip
Socket
Bulb
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 439 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
440
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flat-
tip screwdriver to push it up.
Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to
prevent scratches.
3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm.
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.
Lock Tab
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 440 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
441
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the wiper blade out of holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Retainer
Blade
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 441 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
442
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 447
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4 – 6 psi (30 – 40 kPa, 0.3 – 0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than
if checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before
long trips.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Vehicles with optional spare tire
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 442 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
443
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P215/45R17 87V
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
215: Tire width in millimeters.
45: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
17: Rim diameter in inches.
87: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 443 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
444
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 444 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
445
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 445 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
446
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 446 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
447
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
1Checking Tires
High speed driving
We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h),
adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to
avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.
*1: Vehicle with 18 inch tires
*2: Vehicle with 17 inch tires
Tire Size
225/40R18 92V
*1
P215/45R17 87V
*2
Pressure
Front 38 psi (260 kPa, 2.7 kgf/cm
2
)
Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm
2
)
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 447 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
448
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
system and hill start assist system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 448 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
449
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information
display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Direction Mark
Front
Front
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 449 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
450
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1036
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
Models with P215/45R17 87V tires
Models with 225/40R18 92V tires
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 450 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
451
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative
terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the multi-information
display will display a warning message. If this happens, have you vehicle inspected
by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 169
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 108
• The navigation system
*
is disabled.
2 Refer to the navigation system manual
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 451 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
452
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the keyless access remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Models without remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 452 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
453
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery
Maintenance
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold
them in place.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery.
u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.
Models with remote control engine start system
Models with remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 453 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
454
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 454 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
455
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 455 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
456
Maintenance
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
The front and rear floor mats hook over floor
anchors, which keep them from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Floor Mats
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light
*
sensor.
2 Automatic Lighting Control P. 137
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
P. 141
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 352
Models with front sensor camera
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Unlock
Lock
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 456 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
457
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers
*
.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine
compartment. It can cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 457 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
458
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that help
keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 458 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
459
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 459 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
460
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or
backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 495
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, provincial, territorial, and local regulations.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 460 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
461
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 462
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 463
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 475
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 482
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak ............................................. 483
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 484
Jump Starting.................................... 485
Vehicles with optional spare tire
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 488
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 489
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On ............................................. 491
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 491
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 492
If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On .................................. 493
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On......................... 493
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 494
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 495
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 497
Emergency Towing........................... 498
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 461 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
463
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Move the shift lever to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to
have the vehicle towed.
•
The tire sealant has expired.
•
More than one tire is punctured.
•
The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
•
The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
•
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.
•
The tire bead is no longer seated.
•
The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
No
Contact
Area
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 463 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
464
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
Instruction Manual
Air Only Hose (Black)
Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label
Pressure Relief
Button
Inflator Switch
Selector Switch
SEALANT/AIR side
Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
AIR ONLY side
Power Plug
Pressure Gauge
Tire Sealant
Expiration Date
U.S. Canada
U.S. Canada
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 464 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
465
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
2. Remove the kit.
3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 465 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
466
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 466 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
467
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Socket P. 159
5. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60
6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/
AIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
SEALANT/AIR side
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 467 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
468
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
8. When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
9. After the air pressure reaches to specified
pressure, turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
u Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label for
the specified pressure.
10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
12. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 15
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Pressure Relief Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 468 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
469
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
13. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Repair Notification Label
U.S.
Canada
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
U.S.
Canada
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 469 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
470
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only
hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 472
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 19 psi (130 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak
is too severe. Call for help and have your
vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 498
• Specified pressure or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station.
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u If the air pressure does not go down after
the 10 minute driving, you do not need
to check the pressure any more.
Air Only Hose
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 470 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
471
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
• Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less
than specified pressure:
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches to
specified pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 472
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or
until you reach the nearest service station.
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range.
7. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
AIR ONLY
side
ON
Pressure Relief Button
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 471 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
472
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 464
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve
stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Air Only Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Air Only Hose
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 472 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
473
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Socket P. 159
8. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60
9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
AIR ONLY
side
ON
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 473 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
474
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 474 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
475
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Move the shift lever in
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Vehicles with optional spare tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 475 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
476
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the
tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
The shape of the tool case varies by model.
Spare Tire Tool Case
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 476 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
477
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 477 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
478
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•
Do not use while the engine is running.
•
Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•
Use only at the jacking points.
•
Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 478 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Continued
479
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 479 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
480
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench
back in the tool case. Store the case in the
trunk.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Center Cap
Spacer
Cone
Wing
Bolt
For compact spare tire
For full-
size tire
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 480 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
481
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure
Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the
multi-information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after
a few miles (kilometers).
■
TPMS and the Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 481 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
482
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the multi-information display.
●
If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 483
uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 133
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
●
If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 451
●
If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 495
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 338
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 126
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 88
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 497
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 498
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 485
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 482 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
483
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the multi-information display, the indicator on the ENGINE START/
STOP button flashes, and the engine won’t start. Start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the A logo on the keyless
access remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the keyless access remote
should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
indicator stays on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 483 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
484
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, move the shift lever to
(P after the vehicle
comes to a complete stop.
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched
off.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 484 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
485
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the assisting vehicle's + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15
volts. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
assisting vehicle's - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do
not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster Battery
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 485 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuJump Startingu
486
Handling the Unexpected
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
1Jump Starting
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 486 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
487
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery
- terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery
+ terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 487 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
488
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless
access remote.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into
(N.
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■
Releasing the Lock
Cover
Slot
Release Button
Shift Lock Release Slot
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 488 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
489
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the mark may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 489 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
490
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle comes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 490 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
491
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about one minute.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 491 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
492
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.
■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, follow the procedures described earlier to check the
fuel fill cap.
■
Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 492 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
493
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 493 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
494
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or
the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 494 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
495
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
and check to see if any applicable fuse is
blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Tab
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
EPS 70 A
− −
ABS/VSA FSR 30 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
WIPER 30 A
Main Fuse 120 A
2
IG Main 50 A
Fuse Box Main 60 A
Fuse Box Main 2 60 A
Headlight Main 30 A
ST/MG SW 30 A
Rear Defogger 30 A
IG Main1 30 A
Blower 40 A
IG Main2 30 A
Sub Fan Motor 20 A
Main Fan Motor 20 A
3 − −
4− −
5 Starter DIAG 7.5 A
6− −
7 − −
8− −
9 − −
10 − −
11 Oil Level 7.5 A
12 Fog Lights
*
(20 A)
13 Injector 20 A
14 Hazard 10 A
15 FI Sub 15 A
16 IG Coil 15 A
17 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
18 Stop & Horn 10 A
19 − −
20 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A
21 IGP 15 A
22 DBW 15 A
23 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A
24 − −
25 MG Clutch 7.5 A
26 Washer 15 A
27 Small 20 A
28 Interior Lights 7.5 A
29 Backup 10 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 495 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
496
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
■
Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2 ACG 15 A
3 SRS 10 A
4 Fuel Pump 15 A
5 Meter 7.5 A
6 Power Window 7.5 A
7 VB SOL
*
7.5 A
8
Right Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
15 A
9
Left Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
15 A
10 Audio (15 A)
11 Moonroof 20 A
12 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding
*
(20 A)
13
Driver’s Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
14 Seat Heaters
*
(15 A)
15
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
10 A
16
Passenger’s Power Seat
Sliding
*
(20 A)
17
Passenger’s Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
18 − −
19 Accessory 7.5 A
20 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
21 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
22 HAC 7.5 A
23 − −
24 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
25 ACC 7.5 A
26 − −
27 Accessory Power Socket 20 A
28 − −
29 ODS 7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
30
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
10 A
31 SMART 10 A
32
Right Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
15 A
33
Left Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
15 A
34 Small Lights 7.5 A
35 Illumination 7.5 A
36 − −
37 Premium Audio
*
(30 A)
38 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
39 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
40 − −
41 Door Lock 20 A
42 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
43
Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window
20 A
44
Front Passenger’s Side
Power Window
20 A
45
Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window
20 A
46 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 496 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
497
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories
off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 495 to 496.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 497 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
498
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■ Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 498 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
499
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 500
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number ......................................... 502
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 503
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 504
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 505
Warranty Coverages ........................ 507
Authorized Manuals......................... 509
Client Service Information ............... 510
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 499 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
500
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
*1: Vehicle without blind spot information system
*2: 17 inch wheel vehicle with blind spot information system
*3: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel
■ Air Conditioning
Model Acura ILX
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
U.S.: 4,001 lbs (1,815 kg)
*1
Canada: 1,815 kg
*1
U.S.: 4,023 lbs (1,825 kg)
*2
Canada: 1,825 kg
*2
U.S.: 4,045 lbs (1,835 kg)
*3
Canada: 1,835 kg
*3
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
U.S.: 2,205 lbs (1,000 kg)
*1
Canada: 1,000 kg
*1
U.S.: 2,216 lbs (1,005 kg)
*2
Canada: 1,005 kg
*2
U.S.: 2,227 lbs (1,010 kg)
*3
Canada: 1,010 kg
*3
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
U.S.: 1,797 lbs (815 kg)
*1
Canada: 815 kg
*1
U.S.: 1,808 lbs (820 kg)
*2
Canada: 820 kg
*2
U.S.: 1,819 lbs (825 kg)
*3
Canada: 825 kg
*3
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g)
Lubricant Type SP-10
Quantity 4.88 – 5.49 cu-in (80 – 90 cm
3
)
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 144 cu-in (2,356 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK
DILKAR7G11GS
DILKAR7H11GS
DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 13.2 US gal (50 ℓ)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 5.12 US qt (4.85 ℓ)
■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED
Fog Lights
*
55 W (H11)
Front Turn Signal Lights LED
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Front Side Marker Lights 3 CP
Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker
Lights
LED
Back-Up Lights 16 W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber)
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light 5 W
Trunk Light 5 W
Interior Lights
Map Lights LED
Ceiling Light 8 W
Foot light 1.4 W
Glove Box light LED
Vanity Mirror light 1.4 W
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 500 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
501
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake Fluid
■ Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified
Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid
ATF-TYPE 2.0
Capacity Change 4.3 US qt (4.1 ℓ)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.4 US qt (4.2 ℓ)
Change
including
filter
4.6 US qt (4.4 ℓ)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.71 US gal (6.49 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.166 US gal (0.63 ℓ) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel
*2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel
*3: Vehicle with optional spare tire
Regular
Size
*1
225/40R18 92V
Pressure
*1
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
Front 33 (230 [2.3])
Rear 32 (220 [2.2])
Size
*2
P215/45R17 87V
Pressure
*2
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
Front 35 (240 [2.4])
Rear 33 (230 [2.3])
Compact
Spare
*3
Size T135/70D17 92M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
18 x 7 1/2J
*1
17 x 7J
*2
Compact Spare
*3
17 x 4T
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 501 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
502
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Dual Clutch Transmission
Number
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 502 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
503
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
AcuraLink
*
Audio System
Blind Spot Information System
*
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM*
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
Immobilizer System
Keyless Access System
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 503 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
504
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 504 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
505
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The
malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the
readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes).
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 505 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
506
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 506 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
507
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 507 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
508
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: [email protected]
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 508 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
509
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 509 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
510
Information
Client Service Information
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client
Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: acura_c[email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number P. 502
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 510 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
511
uuClient Service Informationu
Information
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via WiFi or
cellular data network.
■
Disclaimer of Pandora®
*
* Not available on all models
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 511 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
Index
512
Index
Index
A
AAC.................................................... 218, 228
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 391
Accessories and Modifications ................. 460
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 159
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)........... 76, 354
Additives
Coolant ................................................... 427
Engine Oil................................................ 422
Washer.................................................... 430
Additives, Engine Oil................................ 422
Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 155
Front Seats .............................................. 148
Head Restraints........................................ 151
Mirrors .................................................... 146
Rear Seat................................................. 154
Steering Wheel ........................................ 143
Temperature.............................................. 94
Aha
TM
Menu .............................................. 227
Aha
TM
Radio .............................................. 240
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 161
Changing the Mode ................................ 161
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 162
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 161
Sensors.................................................... 164
Synchronized Mode ................................. 163
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 161
Air Pressure....................................... 443, 501
Airbags........................................................ 35
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 41
After a Collision ........................................ 38
Airbag Care............................................... 47
Event Data Recorder.................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 38
Indicator.............................................. 45, 69
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 46
Sensors ..................................................... 35
Side Airbags .............................................. 42
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 44
AM/FM Radio.................................... 178, 206
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 391
Indicator.................................................... 69
Armrest ..................................................... 155
Audio Remote Controls ........................... 170
Audio System............................................ 166
Adjusting the Sound........................ 177, 204
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 167
Error Messages........................................ 235
General Information ................................ 241
Internet Radio ......................................... 225
iPhone............................................. 225, 244
iPod ................................................ 183, 221
MP3/WMA/AAC...................... 188, 218, 228
Pandora®................................................. 186
Reactivating ............................................ 169
Recommended CDs................................. 242
Recommended Devices............................ 244
Security Code.......................................... 169
Shortcuts ................................................ 195
Theft Protection ...................................... 169
USB Adapter Cable ................................. 167
USB Flash Drives...................................... 244
USB Port ................................................. 168
Audio/Information Screen ............... 172, 200
Authorized Manuals ................................ 509
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 121
Customize ...................................... 103, 257
Automatic Lighting.................................. 137
Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 167
Average Fuel Economy .............................. 94
Average Speed ........................................... 95
B
Battery ...................................................... 451
Charging System Indicator ................ 67, 491
Jump Starting ......................................... 485
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 451
Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 452
Belts (Seat).................................................. 28
Beverage Holders..................................... 158
Blind Spot Information (BSI) System ....... 383
Bluetooth® Audio............................. 191, 231
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..................... 269
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 59
Brake System ............................................ 389
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 391
Brake Assist System................................. 392
Fluid ....................................................... 430
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 512 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
513
Index
Foot Brake .............................................. 390
Indicator ........................................... 64, 493
Parking Brake.......................................... 389
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator ................................................... 65
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 142
BSI (Blind Spot Information) System....... 383
Bulb Replacement.................................... 431
Back-Up Light Bulbs ................................ 438
Brake Light, Taillight and Rear Side Marker
Lights.................................................... 436
Fog Light Bulbs ....................................... 431
Front Side Marker Light Bulbs ................. 434
Front Turn Signal Lights .......................... 433
Headlights .............................................. 431
High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 439
Parking/Daytime Running Lights.............. 433
Rear License Plate Light Bulbs.................. 439
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs.................... 436
Bulb Specifications................................... 500
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 60
Carrying Cargo ................................. 333, 335
CD Player .......................................... 180, 218
Certification Label ................................... 502
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 431
Charging System Indicator ................ 67, 491
Child Safety ................................................ 48
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 120
Child Seat .................................................... 48
Booster Seats............................................. 59
Child Seat for Infants................................. 50
Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 51
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt .................................................. 55
Larger Children.......................................... 58
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 50
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 52
Using a Tether ........................................... 57
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 120
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 457
Cleaning the Interior................................ 455
Client Service Information ....................... 510
Climate Control System............................ 161
Changing the Mode ................................ 161
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 162
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 454
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 161
Sensors.................................................... 164
Synchronized Mode ................................. 163
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 161
Clock.......................................................... 108
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
) ................................................. 393
Coat Hook ................................................. 159
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
).................................................. 393
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 475, 501
Console Compartment ............................. 157
Controls..................................................... 107
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 427
Adding to the Radiator............................ 428
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 427
Overheating ............................................ 489
Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission) ...... 344
Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 403
Cruise Control........................................... 349
Indicator.................................................... 74
Cup Holders .............................................. 158
Customized Features.......................... 97, 245
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 139
Dead Battery............................................. 485
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ................................................. 162
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 503
Dimming
Headlights............................................... 136
Rearview Mirror....................................... 146
Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. 423
Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 136
Door Mirrors............................................. 147
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 513 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
514
Index
Doors ......................................................... 110
Auto Door Locking .................................. 121
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 121
Door Open Indicator ............................ 27, 71
Door Open Message .................................. 85
Keys ........................................................ 110
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside..................................................... 118
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 113
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 116
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 445
Driving....................................................... 331
Braking.................................................... 389
Cruise Control ......................................... 349
Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 344
Shifting Gear ........................................... 345
Starting the Engine .................................. 338
Driving Position Memory System............. 144
Dual Clutch Transmission ......................... 344
Creeping ................................................. 344
Fluid ................................................ 429, 501
Kickdown ................................................ 344
Operating the Shift Lever ................... 16, 345
Shift Lever Does Not Move....................... 488
Shifting.................................................... 345
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 454
E
Elapsed Time ............................................... 95
Electric Power Steering System (EPS)
Indicator............................................ 70, 493
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 381
Emergency ................................................ 498
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 505
Engine ....................................................... 502
Coolant................................................... 427
Jump Starting.......................................... 485
Oil........................................................... 422
Remote Engine Start................................ 340
Starting ................................................... 338
Switch Buzzer.......................................... 133
Engine Coolant......................................... 427
Adding to the Radiator............................ 428
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 427
Overheating ............................................ 489
Temperature Gauge .................................. 88
Engine Oil ................................................. 422
Adding.................................................... 424
Checking................................................. 423
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 416
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 65, 491
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 422
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 133
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 70, 493
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 60
Expanded View Driver’s Mirror ............... 147
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 457
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 147
F
Features .................................................... 165
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 454
Oil .......................................................... 425
Flat Tire..................................................... 463
Floor Mats ................................................ 456
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 430
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 429
Engine Coolant ....................................... 427
Windshield Washer ................................. 430
Fog Light Indicator .................................... 73
Folding Down the Rear Seat ................... 154
Foot Brake ................................................ 390
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 38
Front Seats................................................ 148
Adjusting ................................................ 148
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 352
Fuel ..................................................... 17, 407
Economy................................................. 409
Gauge ...................................................... 88
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 95
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 68
Range ....................................................... 95
Recommendation.................................... 407
Refueling ................................................ 407
Fuel Economy ........................................... 409
Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 17, 408
Message ................................................. 492
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 17, 408
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 514 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
515
Index
Fuses ......................................................... 495
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 497
Locations ........................................ 495, 496
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 409
Gauge ...................................................... 88
Information............................................. 407
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 95
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 68
Refueling ................................................ 407
Gauges........................................................ 88
Gear Position Indicator.............................. 66
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 345
Glass (care) ............................................... 458
Glove Box ................................................. 157
H
Halogen Bulbs .......................................... 431
Handling the Unexpected ....................... 461
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) .............................. 269
Auto Answer .......................................... 313
Automatic Import of Cellular
Phonebook and Call History .......... 285, 315
Automatic Transferring ................... 283, 313
Caller’s ID Information ............................ 283
Displaying Messages ............................... 327
HFL Buttons..................................... 269, 298
HFL Menus ...................................... 271, 300
HFL Status Display ........................... 270, 299
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 299
Making a Call .................................. 288, 319
Options During a Call ...................... 292, 324
Phone Setup.................................... 276, 305
Receiving a Call ............................... 291, 323
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message .............. 325
Ring Tone................................................ 314
Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 326
Speed Dial ....................................... 286, 316
Text Message .................................. 281, 293
To Clear the System................................. 284
To Create a Security PIN .................. 282, 312
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option.. 310
Use Contact Photo .................................. 314
Hazard Warning Button............................... 4
HDMI® Port ............................................... 168
Head Restraints......................................... 151
Headlights................................................. 136
Automatic Operation............................... 137
Dimming ......................................... 136, 139
Operating ................................................ 136
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 160
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 269
High-Beam Indicator .................................. 72
Hill Start Assist System ............................. 342
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 266
I
Identification Numbers ............................ 502
Engine and Transmission ......................... 502
Vehicle Identification ............................... 502
Illumination Control................................. 142
Knob....................................................... 142
Immobilizer System .................................. 126
Indicator.................................................... 73
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 515 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
516
Index
Indicators..................................................... 64
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) .......... 76, 354
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 69
Blind Spot Information (BSI) ............... 78, 384
Brake System (Amber)................................ 65
Brake System (Red) .................................... 64
Charging System ............................... 67, 491
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ........................................... 79, 80
CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 74, 350
CRUISE MAIN .................................... 74, 349
Door and Trunk Open.......................... 27, 71
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 70, 493
Fog Light ................................................... 73
Gear Position ............................................. 66
High-Beam ................................................ 72
Immobilizer System.................................... 73
Keyless Access System ............................... 74
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 77, 375
Lights On................................................... 73
Low Fuel.................................................... 68
Low Oil Pressure ................................ 65, 491
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............. 71, 385, 387
Maintenance Minder ............................... 415
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 67, 492
Parking Brake and Brake System ........ 64, 493
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 75
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 29, 68
Security System Alarm ............................... 74
Sequential mode...................................... 348
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 45, 69
System Message........................................ 72
Transmission ............................................. 66
Turn Signal................................................ 72
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System ............................................ 70, 381
VSA® OFF .......................................... 70, 382
Information .............................................. 499
Instant Fuel Economy................................. 95
Instrument Panel ........................................ 63
Brightness Control................................... 142
Interface Dial ............................................ 193
Interior Lights ........................................... 156
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 146
Internet Radio .................................. 186, 225
iPhone ............................................... 225, 244
iPod ................................................... 183, 221
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 478
Jump Starting ........................................... 485
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 112
Keyless Access System .............................. 113
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 116
Keys ........................................................... 110
Lockout Prevention.................................. 116
Number Tag ............................................ 112
Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 120
Remote Transmitter ................................ 115
Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 117, 340
Types and Functions................................ 110
Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 344
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 373
Language (HFL) ................................ 270, 299
LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 53
Lights ................................................ 136, 431
Automatic............................................... 137
Bulb Replacement ................................... 431
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 139
Fog Lights ............................................... 139
High-Beam Indicator ................................. 72
Interior.................................................... 156
Light Switches......................................... 136
Lights On Indicator.................................... 73
Turn Signals ............................................ 136
Limitations for Manual Operation.......... 270
Load Limits ............................................... 335
Locking/Unlocking ................................... 110
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 121
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 120
From Inside ............................................. 118
From Outside .......................................... 113
Keys........................................................ 110
Using a Key............................................. 116
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 116
Low Battery Charge ................................. 491
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 516 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
517
Index
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength.................................................. 112
Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 65, 491
Lower Anchors ........................................... 53
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 335
M
Maintenance ............................................ 411
Battery.................................................... 451
Brake Fluid.............................................. 430
Cleaning ................................................. 455
Climate Control System .......................... 454
Coolant .................................................. 427
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 415
Oil .......................................................... 423
Precautions ............................................. 412
Radiator.................................................. 428
Remote Transmitter ................................ 452
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 431
Safety ..................................................... 413
Service Items........................................... 418
Tires........................................................ 442
Transmission Fluid................................... 429
Under the Hood...................................... 420
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............. 67, 492
Map Lights................................................ 156
Maximum Load Limit............................... 335
Meters, Gauges .......................................... 88
Mirrors....................................................... 146
Adjusting................................................. 146
Door........................................................ 147
Exterior.................................................... 147
Interior Rearview ..................................... 146
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 460
Moonroof.................................................. 132
MP3 ................................... 180, 188, 218, 228
Multi-Information Display ......................... 89
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 406
N
Numbers (Identification) .......................... 502
O
Odometer.................................................... 94
Oil (Engine) ............................................... 422
Adding .................................................... 424
Checking................................................. 423
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 416
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 65, 491
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 422
Viscosity .................................................. 422
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
............. 194
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 421
Moonroof................................................ 132
Power Windows ...................................... 129
Trunk ...................................................... 122
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel ....................................... 133
Outside Temperature................................. 94
Adjusting .................................................. 94
Overheating.............................................. 489
P
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode)... 16
Pandora®........................................... 186, 226
Panic Mode ............................................... 128
Parking...................................................... 402
Parking Brake ........................................... 389
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator............................................ 64, 493
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 46
Passing Indicators ..................................... 136
Power Windows ....................................... 129
Precautions While Driving ....................... 343
Rain ........................................................ 343
Pregnant Women ....................................... 33
Puncture (Tire).......................................... 463
R
Radiator .................................................... 428
Radio (AM/FM) ................................. 178, 206
Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 211
Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 179, 208
Range .......................................................... 95
RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 179, 208
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 517 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
518
Index
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 505
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button...................................................... 143
Rear Seat (Folding Down) ........................ 154
Rearview Mirror........................................ 146
Refueling................................................... 407
Fuel Gauge ................................................ 88
Gasoline .......................................... 407, 500
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68
Regulations ............................... 387, 445, 503
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback ................................................. 340
Remote Transmitter.................................. 115
Replacement
Battery..................................................... 452
Bulbs ....................................................... 431
Fuses ............................................... 495, 496
Tires ........................................................ 448
Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 440
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 504
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 94
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).......... 368
On and Off .............................................. 370
S
Safe Driving................................................. 23
Safety Labels ............................................... 61
Safety Message ............................................. 1
Seat Belts..................................................... 28
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 32
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 30
Checking................................................... 34
Fastening .................................................. 31
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 55
Pregnant Women ...................................... 33
Reminder .................................................. 29
Warning Indicator ............................... 29, 68
Seat Heaters.............................................. 160
Seats .......................................................... 148
Adjusting ................................................ 148
Front Seats .............................................. 148
Rear Seat................................................. 154
Seat Heaters............................................ 160
Security System......................................... 126
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 73
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 74
Select Lever......................................... 16, 345
Operation.......................................... 16, 346
Releasing................................................. 488
Won’t Move............................................ 488
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 52
Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 171
Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 347
Sequential Shift Mode Operation ........... 348
Setting the Clock ...................................... 108
Shift Lever........................................... 16, 345
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 66, 346
Shifting (Transmission)............................. 345
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 32
Side Airbags................................................ 42
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 44
SiriusXM® Radio ....................................... 211
SMS Text Message............................ 281, 293
Snow Tires ................................................ 450
Spare Tire ................................................. 501
Spark Plugs ............................................... 500
Specifications ........................................... 500
Specified Fuel ................................... 407, 500
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 38
Starting the Engine.................................. 338
Does Not Start ........................................ 482
Engine Switch Buzzer.............................. 133
Jump Starting ......................................... 485
Remote Engine Start ............................... 340
Steering Wheel ........................................ 143
Adjusting ................................................ 143
Stopping................................................... 402
Summer Tires............................................ 450
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 38
Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) .. 4, 5
System Message Indicator ......................... 72
T
Temperature Sensor ................................ 164
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 464
Text Message.................... 281, 293, 325, 327
Time (Setting)........................................... 108
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)..................................................... 385
Indicator ........................................... 71, 494
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 518 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
519
Index
Tires .......................................................... 442
Air Pressure..................................... 443, 501
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 442
Flat Tire (Puncture) .................................. 463
Inspection ............................................... 442
Labeling.................................................. 443
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 463
Regulations............................................. 445
Rotation.................................................. 449
Spare Tire ............................................... 501
Summer.................................................. 450
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 464
Tire Chains.............................................. 450
Wear Indicators....................................... 447
Winter .................................................... 450
Tools ......................................................... 462
Towing a Trailer....................................... 337
Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 337
Emergency.............................................. 498
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System).................................................... 385
Transmission............................................. 345
Automatic............................................... 345
Fluid ....................................................... 429
Gear Position Indicator.............................. 66
Number .................................................. 502
Sequential Shift Mode............................. 347
Shift Lever Position Indicator ................... 346
Trip Meter .................................................. 94
Troubleshooting ...................................... 461
Blown Fuse ..................................... 495, 496
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 20
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 21
Emergency Towing .................................. 498
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 482
Flat Tire/Puncture..................................... 463
Noise When Braking .................................. 21
Overheating ............................................ 489
Premium Gasoline ........................... 407, 500
Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 463
Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 20, 120
Select Lever Won’t Move ......................... 488
Warning Indicators .................................... 64
Trunk ......................................................... 122
Lid........................................................... 122
Light Bulb................................................ 500
Open Message .......................................... 85
Turn Signals .............................................. 136
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 72
Turn-by-Turn Directions ............................. 95
Two-way Keyless Access Remote ..... 117, 340
U
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 113
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ................................................. 12, 118
USB Adapter Cable ........................... 166, 167
USB Flash Drives........................................ 244
USB Port .................................................... 168
Using the Keyless Access System.............. 113
V
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 502
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 381
Off Button............................................... 382
Off Indicator.............................................. 70
System Indicator........................................ 70
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 422, 501
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 381
W
Wallpaper ......................................... 173, 202
Wallpaper Setup....................................... 175
Warning and Information Messages......... 81
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 491
Warning Labels........................................... 61
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 507
Watts......................................................... 500
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 447
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 478
Window Washers ..................................... 140
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 430
Switch..................................................... 140
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 129
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 519 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
520
Index
Windshield ................................................ 140
Cleaning.................................................. 458
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 162
Washer Fluid............................................ 430
Wiper Blades ........................................... 440
Wipers and Washers ................................ 140
Winter Tires............................................... 450
Snow Tires............................................... 450
Tire Chains .............................................. 450
Wipers and Washers ................................. 140
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 440
WMA ................................. 180, 188, 218, 228
Worn Tires................................................. 442
17 ACURA ILX-31TX66400.book 520 ページ ２０１６年３月１５日 火曜日 午後５時０分
